WO2019095396A1 - Data transmission node determination method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission node determination method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019095396A1
WO2019095396A1 PCT/CN2017/111975 CN2017111975W WO2019095396A1 WO 2019095396 A1 WO2019095396 A1 WO 2019095396A1 CN 2017111975 W CN2017111975 W CN 2017111975W WO 2019095396 A1 WO2019095396 A1 WO 2019095396A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data transmission
cell
terminal device
information
network access
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/111975
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石小丽
周国华
赵雅琪
吴亮
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2017/111975 priority Critical patent/WO2019095396A1/en
Publication of WO2019095396A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019095396A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission node determining method and apparatus.
  • Drones referred to as "unmanned aerial vehicles”
  • drone applications are infiltrating into all aspects of the traditional industry, from simple basic underlying transport functions, carrying different cargo, turning to carry different mission equipment, expanding into aerial photography,
  • flight intelligence In the fields of surveying and mapping, agricultural plant protection, and the future, as an important terminal component of the Internet of Everything, there are three major trends: flight intelligence, transmission bandwidth and functional diversification.
  • flight intelligence means that the future drones should be intelligent, not just passive flight of instructions.
  • UAVs should be able to self-determine, perceive airspace changes, and perform actions such as active avoidance and route re-planning through sensors, cameras, network control and other technologies.
  • Transmission broadband means that the future UAV transmission should be broadband. It is required to be able to share the collected data with other devices in real time, cooperate and cooperate to meet the needs of different tasks, and support data similar to the power inspection UAV upstream 250Mbps. Transmission requirements. Functional diversification means that the future drone function should be diversified.
  • the primary task of UAV networking is to realize the communication between UAVs and other communication devices, realizing network control of drones and real-time backhaul of information, pictures, videos, etc. during navigation, and the coverage of low-altitude coverage networks is directly Affect the development process of drone networking applications.
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) gives a detailed description of the network requirements for UAV networking services. Since drones have different network requirements from existing smart devices (such as mobile phones), when using the network to support drone communication, there are a series of problems, such as multiple coverage on the ground. In the area, the drone can communicate with multiple cells on the ground in the coverage area, but the drone may have frequent handover of the serving cell during the flight in the coverage area, or may face interference from different cells, which may The communication quality of the drone is affected.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method and apparatus for improving communication quality of a terminal device in multiple cells.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: determining, by a terminal device, a first network access device to which a first cell in a first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, where the first cell group includes multiple The terminal device sends uplink information on uplink resources shared by multiple cells, and the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, where a first cell group is determined by a terminal device.
  • the first network access device to which the cell belongs is a data transmission node, and sends uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, so that after receiving the uplink information, the first network access device can determine that it is data transmission.
  • a node such that the terminal device can perform data transmission between the first network access device and the first cell.
  • Sending the uplink information through the shared uplink resource can achieve the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device, reducing the delay of the notification, and facilitating each network access device to take appropriate measures to reduce interference.
  • the uplink information includes a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device, and optionally, the second identifier of the terminal device is used by The terminal device is identified in the first cell group.
  • the first network access device can determine that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device after receiving the uplink information.
  • the uplink information is a first sequence
  • the first sequence is determined by the first identifier of the first cell
  • the second identity of the terminal device is determined.
  • the uplink information is further used to indicate that the second network access device to which the second cell belongs stops the data.
  • the second network access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device may prevent the first network access device from being stopped by instructing the second network access device to stop the data transmission. The quality of communication between terminal devices has an impact.
  • the uplink information further includes a first identifier of the second cell.
  • the uplink information includes the first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the first network is connected
  • the incoming device is determined to be a data transfer node.
  • the first network access device can determine that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device after receiving the uplink information.
  • the uplink information further includes the second information, where the second information is used to indicate the second network connection
  • the incoming device stops the data transfer.
  • the terminal device can prevent the communication quality between the first network access device and the terminal device by using the second information. Make an impact.
  • the first information carries the first indication information and the second identifier of the terminal device, the first information Using the first identifier of the first cell to be scrambled, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined as the data transmission node; the second information carries the second indication information, and the second identifier of the terminal device, the second The information is used for the first identifier of the second cell to be scrambled, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops the data transmission.
  • the first information of the first cell is used to scramble the first information, so that after each cell in the first cell group receives the first information, each cell may determine whether the first information is sent to the first information according to the first identifier of the first cell. When the first information is not sent to itself, the first information may not be parsed, thereby avoiding waste of resources.
  • the second information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the second cell, so that the second cell can be avoided. The remaining cells are parsed for the second information.
  • the application before the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells, the application provides The method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast information is used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by multiple cells.
  • the terminal device can send the uplink information to the first cell group on the shared uplink resource, which can achieve the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device, thereby reducing the delay of the notification and facilitating.
  • Each network access device takes appropriate measures to reduce interference.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate that the terminal device uses a modulation and demodulation manner shared by the first cell group.
  • Send upstream information By instructing the terminal device to transmit the modulation and demodulation mode shared by each cell, each cell can correctly demodulate the content of the uplink information sent by the terminal device.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell of the terminal device, different.
  • the modulation and demodulation mode of the cell is different, and the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, and the terminal device sends the uplink on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells by using the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell. information.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resources shared by the multiple cells in the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell, so that the first cell can correctly demodulate the content of the sent uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines the first network access to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs
  • the device is a data transmission node
  • the terminal device receives the third indication information that is sent by the anchor base station to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be the data transmission node, and the terminal device accesses the first network according to the third indication information.
  • the device is determined to be a data transfer node.
  • the terminal device determines the first network access to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs
  • the device is a data transmission node
  • the terminal device determines that the data is received on the resource information corresponding to the first cell
  • the terminal device determines the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the first cell sent by the data transmission node
  • the scheduling information is sent by the terminal device on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, and the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells is on the scheduling resource. Keep silent. By sending the scheduling information, the network access device to which other cells belong can be kept silent in the scheduling resource at the first network access device, thereby avoiding interference between cells.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: The node receives data transmitted by the anchor base station, or the terminal device transmits data to the anchor base station through the data transmission node.
  • the anchor base station may send the processed PDCP data packet to the terminal device by using the data transmission node.
  • the following describes the process of the data transmission between the data transmission node and the terminal device by the anchor base station, which can be referred to herein.
  • the anchor base station may send data to the terminal device by using a dedicated downlink resource of the cell corresponding to the data transmission node, or send data to the terminal device by using a common downlink resource that is commonly used for multiple cells, or the terminal is configured.
  • the data transmission node sends data to the anchor base station on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, or sends data to the anchor base station on the dedicated uplink resource of the cell corresponding to the data transmission node. This will prevent data quality from being affected.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a terminal device, broadcast information commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate multiple cells. a dedicated uplink resource of each cell; the terminal device sends the uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell group, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network to which the first cell belongs. Access device. Inter-cell interference can be reduced by dividing dedicated uplink resources for multiple cells. In addition, the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
  • the content of the uplink information can be referred to the description in the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell.
  • the modulation and demodulation modes of different cells are different.
  • the terminal device is dedicated to the first cell in the first cell group Before the uplink information is sent on the resource, the application further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node
  • the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by multiple cells
  • the application further includes: the terminal device receiving the scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node; the terminal device transmitting the scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group; wherein the scheduling information includes the location of the scheduling resource, and the scheduling information is used by the A cell other than the first cell indicating a plurality of cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station by using the first network access device Or, the terminal device sends data to the anchor base station by using the first network access device.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: determining, by a network access device, that a first network access device to which a first cell belongs in a first cell group is a target data transmission node of a terminal device, first The cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the plurality of cells include the first cell; the network access device sends a first indication to the first network access device, where the first network access device is the target data transmission node of the terminal device, The interface between the network access devices realizes the notification of the selection of the data transmission node, which can save valuable air interface resources.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device sends a second indication to the terminal device by using the source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate
  • the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device sends a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to indicate that the source data transmission node stops the data transmission.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device passes the target data The transmitting node sends data to the terminal device, or the network access device receives the data sent by the terminal device through the target data transmission node.
  • a data transmission method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node from a data transmission node; and transmitting, by the terminal device, scheduling information on an uplink resource shared by the first cell group;
  • the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the multiple cells include a first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell in the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station by using the data transmission node, or the terminal device sends the data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
  • the application provides a data transmission method, including: a data transmission node sends scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node to a network access device in a first cell group; and the data transmission node sends data according to the scheduling information;
  • the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the multiple cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resources.
  • the interface between the data transmission node and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which can keep other cells silent at the corresponding resource locations, and reduce interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
  • the method provided by the present application further includes: the data transmission node receives the data sent by the anchor base station, and the data transmission node sends the data to the terminal device, or The data transmission node receives the data sent by the terminal device, and the data transmission node sends the data sent by the terminal device to the anchor base station.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the data transmission node determining means may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, and the first cell group includes multiple cells And a sending unit, configured to send uplink information on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the uplink information includes a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  • the uplink information is a first sequence
  • the first sequence is determined by the first identifier of the first cell
  • the second identity of the terminal device is determined.
  • the uplink information is further used to indicate the second cell in the first cell group
  • the associated second network access device stops data transmission, and the second network access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  • the uplink information includes the first information, where the first information is used to indicate that The first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node.
  • the uplink information further includes the second information, where the second information is used to indicate The second network access device stops data transmission.
  • the first information carries the first indication information and the second information of the terminal device
  • the first information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the first cell, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node, and the second information is used to carry the second indication information and the second information of the terminal device.
  • identifying the second information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the second cell, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops data transmission.
  • the apparatus provided by the application further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive Commonly used for the broadcast information of the first cell group, the broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by multiple cells.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink information
  • the modulation mode in which the modulation and demodulation methods of different cells are the same.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive, by the anchor
  • the first network access device determines the third indication information of the data transmission node
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, according to the third indication information, the first network access device as the data transmission node.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine resource information corresponding to the first cell There is data transmission; and the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is determined as a data transmission node.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the data transmission node, a scheduling information of the first cell, where the sending unit is configured to send the scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate the first cell in the multiple cells.
  • the cell remains silent on the scheduling resources.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the anchor by using the data transmission node
  • the data sent by the base station, the sending unit is further configured to send data to the anchor base station through the data transmission node.
  • the data transfer node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transfer node determining device to perform any of the first aspect to the first aspect described above
  • the data transmission node determines the related operations of message processing or control performed on the device side.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the first aspect to the first aspect And related operations sent.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the third aspect to the third aspect.
  • the data transmission node determining device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the first cell group includes multiple a cell, the multiple cells include a first cell, and the sending unit is configured to send a first indication to the first network access device, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send, by the source data transmission node, a second indication to the terminal device, where the second indication is used to indicate the first network access device It is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send, to the source data transmission node, a third indication, the third The indication is used to instruct the source data transmission node to stop data transmission.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send, by using the target data transmission node, the terminal device
  • the data, or the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal device through the target data transmission node.
  • the data transmission node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission node determining means to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the above third to third aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the above third to third aspects. And related operations sent.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect.
  • the data transmission node determining means may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive broadcast information that is commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate a dedicated uplink of each of the multiple cells.
  • a sending unit configured to send uplink information on a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell group, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network access device to which the first cell belongs .
  • the content of the uplink information can be referred to the description in the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell.
  • the modulation and demodulation modes of different cells are different.
  • the device further comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine the first cell
  • the first network access device to which the first cell in the group belongs is a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node
  • the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate an uplink resource shared by multiple cells
  • the application further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node, and a sending unit, configured to send scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes The location of the scheduling resource is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
  • the data transfer node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transfer node determining means to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transfer node determining device side in the method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect And related operations sent.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the fourth aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • the data transmission node device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of a first cell of the data transmission node from the data transmission node; and a sending unit, configured to send scheduling information on an uplink resource shared by the first cell group
  • the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, the plurality of cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the anchor base station through the data transmission node, or a sending unit, and is further configured to send data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is equipped The operation of the message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above fourth to fourth aspects is supported by the data transmission device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the method of receiving and transmitting a message on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above fourth to fourth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission apparatus that can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the fifth aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission apparatus includes: a sending unit, configured to send, to the network access device in the first cell group, scheduling information of the first cell of the data transmission node; and configured to send according to the scheduling information Data, where the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, the plurality of cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells are maintained on the scheduling resource.
  • a sending unit configured to send, to the network access device in the first cell group, scheduling information of the first cell of the data transmission node; and configured to send according to the scheduling information Data, where the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, the plurality of cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells are maintained on the scheduling resource.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the fifth to fifth aspects above.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the method of receiving and transmitting a message on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the fifth to fifth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a first network access device, uplink information sent by a terminal device on an uplink resource shared by multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate the terminal device Data transfer node.
  • the first network access device determines the data transmission node as the terminal device according to the uplink information.
  • the content of the uplink information related to the fifteenth aspect may be referred to the content of the uplink information in the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first network access device receives the uplink information sent by the terminal device on the uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells, including: the first network access The inbound device receives the uplink information sent by the terminal device in the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell or the uplink information sent by the receiving terminal device in the modulation and demodulation mode shared by the multiple cells on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the first network access device to the terminal The device sends the scheduling information of the first cell, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell of the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the first network access device, data sent by the network access device, and sending data sent by the network access device to the terminal device.
  • the first network access device receives the data sent by the terminal device, and sends the data sent by the terminal device to the network access device.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: a network access device generates broadcast information commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate multiple The uplink resource shared by the cell, the network access device sends the broadcast information, and the shared uplink resource is allocated to the multiple cells, so that the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device can be achieved, and the delay of the notification is reduced. It is convenient for each network access device to take appropriate measures to reduce interference.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the plurality of cells.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: a network access device generating broadcast information, the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate each of the multiple cells.
  • a dedicated uplink resource the network access device sends broadcast information, and by dividing dedicated uplink resources for multiple cells, interference between cells can be reduced.
  • the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the plurality of cells.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each cell.
  • Inter-cell interference can be reduced by indicating dedicated uplink resources for each cell.
  • the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a first network access device, a first data access node that is sent by a network access device to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device In an indication, the first network access device determines, according to the first indication, a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the first network access device further receives data sent by the terminal device, and sends data sent by the terminal device to the network access device, or The first network access device receives the data sent by the network access device, and sends the data sent by the network access device to the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a source data transmission node, a second indication sent by an anchor base station, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a terminal device The target data transmission node, wherein the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink information by using the uplink resource of the first cell group or the uplink information of the first cell, and the first cell group includes multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the first network access device is The target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink information by using the uplink resource of the first cell group or sends the uplink information by using the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell
  • the method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, broadcast information commonly used for the first cell group, the wide The broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by multiple cells, or dedicated uplink resources of each cell.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell, Or a total of modulation and demodulation methods for multiple cells.
  • the terminal device sends the data to the anchor base station by using the target data transmission node Or the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station through the target data transmission node.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method, including: receiving, by a network access device, scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node sent by a data transmission node; wherein, the first cell group includes multiple cells, and The cell includes a first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells remain silent on the scheduling resource, and the network access device is in the scheduling resource at the data transmission node. Keep silent when sending data on the location.
  • the interface between the network access device and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which enables other cells to remain silent at the corresponding resource locations, reducing interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
  • the present application provides a data transmission apparatus that can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects.
  • the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the terminal device on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device. And a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the uplink information, a data transmission node that is a terminal device, and data between the relay anchor base station and the terminal device.
  • the content of the uplink information related to the twenty-second aspect may refer to the content of the uplink information in the first aspect, which is not limited in this application.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive, by using, a dedicated modulation solution of the first cell by the terminal device on an uplink resource shared by multiple cells The uplink information sent by the modulation mode or the uplink information sent by the terminal device in a modulation and demodulation manner shared by multiple cells.
  • the apparatus provided by the application further includes: a sending unit, configured to: The scheduling information of the first cell is sent to the terminal device, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell of the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission apparatus can be implemented
  • the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a generating unit, configured to generate broadcast information that is commonly used for the first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by the multiple cells, A sending unit, configured to send broadcast information.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the multiple cells.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the seventeenth to seventeenth aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the seventeenth to seventeenth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects.
  • the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a generating unit, configured to generate broadcast information, where the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, where the broadcast information is used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each of the multiple cells, and the sending unit is used by Send broadcast information.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation modes of the different cells are the same.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation manner of each of the plurality of cells.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each cell.
  • Inter-cell interference can be reduced by indicating dedicated uplink resources for each cell.
  • the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining device may further include a bus, where the memory, The transceiver circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects.
  • the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive, by a network access device, a first data transmission node that is used to indicate that the first network access device is a terminal device And an determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication, a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal device
  • the apparatus further includes: a sending unit, configured to: The sent data is sent to the network access device, or the receiving unit is configured to receive data sent by the network access device, and the sending unit is configured to send the data sent by the network access device to the terminal device.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the twentieth aspect to the twentieth aspect.
  • the data transmission node device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive, by the source data transmission node, a second indication sent by the anchor base station, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, The source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device. And a sending unit, configured to send uplink information by using an uplink resource that shares the first cell group, or send uplink information by using a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell, where the first cell group includes multiple cells.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast information is used to indicate that multiple cells are shared. Uplink resources, or dedicated uplink resources for each cell.
  • the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation solution of each cell. Tuning mode, or common to the modulation and demodulation mode of multiple cells.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above-described twentieth to twentieth aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform any of the above twentieth to twentieth aspects A related operation of message reception and transmission is performed on the data transmission device side in a described method.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the data transmission device can implement the data transmission device described in any one of the twenty-first aspect to the twenty-first aspect.
  • the data transmission device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the present application provides a data transmission apparatus, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node sent by a data transmission node, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the first a cell, the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells remain silent on the scheduling resource, and the processing unit is configured to send, at the location of the scheduling resource, the data transmission node Keep silent while the data is in progress.
  • the interface between the network access device and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which enables other cells to remain silent at the corresponding resource locations, reducing interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
  • the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the twenty-first to twenty-first aspects.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above twenty-first to twenty-first aspects. And related operations sent.
  • the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
  • the present application also provides a computer readable storage medium storing instructions for causing a computer to implement a data transfer node determining method or a data transfer method provided by any of the above designs when the instructions are run on a computer.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to implement a data transfer node determination method or data transfer method provided by any of the above designs.
  • the present application also provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to implement a data transfer node determination method or data transfer method provided by any of the above designs.
  • the present application provides a chip system for use in a terminal device, the chip system including at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction to execute The method of any one of the first aspect, any one of the twentieth aspect, any one of the second aspect, or the fourth aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to a network access device, where the chip system includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to run the instruction.
  • the chip system includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to run the instruction.
  • the chip system in this application further includes the at least one memory, where the at least one memory is stored There are instructions stored.
  • the present application provides a communication system comprising the terminal device as described in any of the above aspects and the network access device described in any of the above aspects.
  • system may further include other devices that interact with the terminal device or the network access device in the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a second schematic structural diagram of an access network in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a method for determining a data transmission node according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of resource distribution in a first cell group according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5b is a schematic flowchart 2 of a method for determining a data transmission node according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 1 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram 3 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of a scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a network access device provided by the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a network access device provided by the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a network access device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by the present application.
  • the present application provides a data transmission node selection and apparatus for improving communication quality of a terminal device during a plurality of cell movements.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • Terminal equipment which is a wireless transceiver function, can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft). , balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device is also referred to as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc., and is a voice and/or data connectivity provided to the user. device.
  • the terminal includes a handheld device having a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like.
  • the terminal can be: a mobile phone, a tablet, a laptop, a palmtop, a mobile internet device (MID), a wearable device (such as a smart watch, a smart bracelet, a pedometer, etc.).
  • Vehicle equipment for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, fire Vehicles, high-speed rails, etc., virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, smart home equipment (eg, refrigerators, televisions, air conditioners, electric meters) Etc.), intelligent robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety
  • a possible application scenario of the present application is that the height of the terminal device satisfies a preset condition or the terminal device is in a preset flight state, and the height may be a height of the terminal device relative to the ground, or may be an altitude, or other forms. height.
  • a chip deployed in the above device, or a chip system may also be referred to as a terminal device.
  • the terminal device can be divided into two categories: (1) a ground terminal device, that is, a terminal device that frequently works on the ground; and (2) a drone device, that is, a terminal that frequently works in the air. device.
  • the first terminal device 1021 and the second terminal device 1022 are ground terminal devices
  • the third terminal device 1023 is a drone device.
  • the method for selecting a data transmission node provided by the present application can be applied to any type of terminal device. The following mainly describes the unmanned device as an example.
  • the network access device which is a node in the radio access network, may also be referred to as a base station, a radio access network (RAN) node (or device).
  • RAN radio access network
  • a network access device is: a next generation base station (gNB), for example, a new radio (NR) base station (Node B, NB) or a 5G base station, and a transmission reception point.
  • gNB next generation base station
  • NR new radio
  • 5G base station 5G base station
  • TRP Time Division Multiple Access
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver Base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • Wi wireless fidelity
  • the first cell group the coverage of multiple cells on the ground (for example, cell 1, cell 2 and cell 3 as described in FIG. 1 below) may be affected by the line of sight (LOS) path.
  • LOS line of sight
  • one of the multiple cells may be formed.
  • the coverage area is divided into a large coverage area.
  • the large coverage area may be referred to as a first cell group, or a virtual cell (Vcell), or a super cell. This application is not limited.
  • the network access devices to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong have an ideal backhaul line (ie, an ideal backhaul), or have a non-ideal backhaul. Not limited.
  • the network access devices to which the plurality of cells belong may communicate through an interface, for example, an X2 interface.
  • Anchor base station and data transmission node the anchor base station in this application may also be referred to as a primary network access device, a primary base station, and an anchor network access device.
  • the data transmission node refers to a network access device other than the anchor base station in the first cell group, and may also be referred to as a secondary base station or a secondary network access device.
  • the network access device to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong includes an anchor base station and at least one A data transmission node, wherein the anchor base station is configured to generate broadcast information in the first cell group, and the anchor base station has a data plane and a control plane connection with the core network.
  • an access network is connected to a core network through an S1 interface
  • an anchor base station is an access point of an S1 interface node on the access network side.
  • the NG connection is performed between the access network and the core network
  • the anchor base station is an access point of the NG connection on the access network side.
  • the anchor base station stores related information of the terminal device, for example, identification information, and the anchor base station may, according to the related information of the terminal device, pass the data or signaling to the data transmission node after receiving the data or signaling sent by the core network to the terminal device. Transfer to the terminal device.
  • the anchor base station For any one of the terminal devices in the first cell group, the anchor base station performs a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer function, and the data transmission node does not perform the PDCP layer function, or the anchor base station can also perform the PDCP layer and the wireless layer.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the function of the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the data transmission node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer or the RLC layer, or the anchor base station may also perform the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, and the media access control (MAC).
  • Layer function, and the data transmission node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, and the MAC layer, or the anchor base station may also perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer (PHY) layer, and the data transmission
  • the node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • the anchor base station performs the PDCP layer function, and the data transmission node does not perform the PDCP layer function.
  • the anchor base station For the downlink direction, the anchor base station generates a downlink PDCP protocol data unit (PDU), and sends a downlink PDCP to the data transmission node.
  • the PDU the RLC layer of the data transmission node forwards the received downlink PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the data transmission node receives the uplink PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device, and sends the received uplink PDCP PDU to the anchor base station, and the anchor base station processes the received uplink PDCP PDU.
  • the data transmission node in this application has the same function. Can only have the function of data transmission.
  • the data transmission node usually has no data plane and control plane connection with the core network.
  • a first cell group can serve multiple terminal devices.
  • a first cell group may have only one anchor base station, and the anchor base station is fixed, and does not change with the location of the terminal device, and all terminal devices in the first cell group can pass the anchor.
  • Base station management In another possible implementation manner, each terminal device has its own anchor base station within the coverage of the first cell group, so multiple anchor base stations may exist in one first cell group.
  • the anchor base station of the first cell group in the first cell group may be determined when the terminal device initially accesses the first cell group. After the terminal device is normally determined, the anchor station of the terminal device group in the first cell group does not change. In exceptional cases, such as when the anchor base station fails or the load is too large, another network access device can be selected as the anchor base station.
  • the anchor base station in the present application can be determined in the following manner: (1), when the terminal device can synchronize to the physical cell and read the broadcast information of the multiple physical cells, the terminal device can first access the physical device according to the broadcast information. In the cell A, the terminal device is in a connected state, and the network access device to which the physical cell A belongs can be used as an anchor base station. In addition, the anchor base station can construct the first cell group by using the following rules, and then the terminal device The broadcast information of the first cell group can be read. There is a new synchronization signal in the first cell group (the synchronization information is used for the terminal device to synchronize to each cell in the first cell group), and the network access device to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong is periodically.
  • the anchor base station may be determined by the mode (2), and the mode (2) is obtained. If the terminal device is in an idle state, the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell group, and the terminal device synchronizes and reads.
  • the broadcast information of the first cell group (the specific content of the broadcast information of the first cell group can be referred to the following description), and the random access resource in the broadcast information is randomly accessed into the first cell group.
  • One cell A. The cell A may be selected by the terminal device according to the signal reference quality parameter of the multiple cells in the first cell group.
  • the network access device to which the cell A accessed by the terminal device belongs is a data transmission node, that is, Anchoring the base station, wherein the first group of cells may be statically configured.
  • the terminal device can be synchronized to the physical cell, but the terminal device cannot read the broadcast information of the physical cell, or the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of the physical cell has low reliability and reads the physics. The reliability of the broadcast information of the cell is also reduced.
  • the network access device to which the physical cell belongs needs to send the broadcast information of the first cell group, so that the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell group to read the broadcast of the first cell group.
  • Information is randomly accessed to the first group of cells.
  • the broadcast information of the first cell group may be sent on an existing master information block (MIB) resource, for example, an RB (resource block) is vacant on the existing MIB.
  • MIB master information block
  • the broadcast information of the first cell group may be transmitted in a new system information broadcast (SIB), and the newly added SIB is a specific terminal device.
  • SIB system information broadcast
  • the broadcast information of the first cell group is directly sent in the dedicated signaling of the network access device to which the physical cell belongs, such as an RRC message.
  • the transmission resource of the first cell group is divided into a shared resource and a dedicated resource, and the shared resource is used when the terminal device and each cell jointly send and receive signals, and the dedicated resource is used for the terminal device. Used when transmitting and receiving signals with a single cell in the first cell group. Since the anchor base station and the remaining network access devices in the first cell group may have a cooperative delay, the shared resource may be used to jointly send the multiple network access devices after the multiple network access devices coordinate the sending time. For example, a common channel such as a synchronization channel or a broadcast channel is transmitted; and dedicated resources can be used to separately transmit some user data with high delay requirements by a single cell.
  • the first cell group in the present application may be determined by the terminal device, and may also be notified by the anchor base station and then notified to the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first cell group in this application can be constructed by the following rules:
  • the first cell group is determined in advance according to a preset rule.
  • the preset rule may be a predetermined first cell group according to a location relationship of a plurality of physical cells (Pcells), for example, cell 1
  • Pcells physical cells
  • the cell 2 and the cell 3 are three cells adjacent to each other. Therefore, it can be determined that the cell 1, the cell 2, and the cell 3 constitute a first cell group.
  • the cells included in the first cell group are usually fixed and do not change.
  • the number of the cells included in the first cell group may be the same or different, and is not limited.
  • the first cell group may be determined in advance according to the flight path of the terminal device and the location relationship of the physical cell.
  • the cells in which the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) strength of the plurality of cells meets the preset RSRP requirement are determined as the first cell group, or the path loss in the plurality of cells meets the preset path loss.
  • the required cell is determined to be the first cell group.
  • the first cell group may be determined by the terminal device, or multiple cells may feed back the uplink measurement result to the serving cell serving the terminal device, and the serving cell selects several cells (for example, the communication with the terminal device may be selected. a number of cells with good signal quality)
  • the cells included in the first cell group may dynamically change with time and terminal equipment.
  • Rule 3 (semi-static), first, a second cell group is determined according to the above rule 1, and second, the terminal device accesses a network access device A in the second cell group, and then the network access device A is The downlink measurement reported by the terminal device adjusts the cell in the second cell group.
  • the network access device A may add a cell whose interference strength meets the preset requirement to the second cell group according to the signal quality parameter of the neighboring cell of the terminal device, to form the first cell group, or the second cell group. A cell whose internal interference strength does not meet the preset requirement is removed from the second cell group to form a first cell group.
  • the rate of the adjustment process may be determined by the network access device, and the network access device may Notifying the terminal device that is finally formed to the terminal device.
  • the first cell group after the first cell group is determined, the first cell group usually sends broadcast information, and the broadcast information may be used by the first cell group.
  • the network access device to which the cell belongs is sent, or the broadcast information may be jointly sent by multiple cells in the first cell group. When jointly transmitting, the reliability of the broadcast information received by the terminal device may be improved.
  • the joint sending means that the network access device to which each cell in the first cell group belongs simultaneously transmits broadcast information.
  • the network access devices to which the multiple cells belong may coordinate the control channel resource information of the broadcast information and the content of the broadcast information.
  • the time-frequency resource location of the new control channel in which the broadcast information is sent by different cells is different, so that the interference of the control channel between the cells can be avoided, and the content of the broadcast information negotiated by the network access device to which the cell belongs can be, for example, Iot. Information, RS power, physical random access channel (PRACH resource, etc.).
  • the network access device to which the multiple cells belong may be coordinated through the X2 interface, and may be in the existing X2 message, such as an X2 setup, or may be interacted on the new X2 interface. Not limited.
  • the broadcast information may be sent by using an existing broadcast channel, or may be sent by other existing technologies, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device can access any member cell in the first cell group according to the received broadcast information.
  • the broadcast information includes related information of multiple cells in the first cell group.
  • the network access devices to which each cell in the first cell group belongs need to coordinate the first resource information that is sent by the broadcast information, for example, each cell belongs to The first resource information of the network access device transmitting the broadcast information is the same.
  • the information about the multiple cells included in the broadcast information is obtained in two ways:
  • the first method the operation management and maintenance (OAM) is configured for the network access device to which the multiple cells belong, or other pre-configured methods, which are not limited in this application.
  • OAM operation management and maintenance
  • the network access device to which the multiple cells belong is sent to the anchor base station, and may be sent through an interface between the network access device and the anchor base station to which the multiple cells belong, such as an X2 interface, or It is sent by using other existing interfaces, and the application is not limited.
  • the network access device a can generate the wide message by receiving the first message sent by the network access device b and the network access device c respectively.
  • the first information sent by the network access device b may include related information of the cell b1
  • the first message sent by the network access device c may include related information of the cell c1, the cell c2, and the cell c3.
  • the first message sent by the network access device c may only include related information of the cell c1 and the cell c3, and does not include the correlation of the cell c2. information.
  • three or more network access devices may also exchange related information of each cell, so that all three devices can obtain related information of multiple cells.
  • the broadcast information includes resource configuration information and cell information of each cell in the first cell group, and the use of the broadcast information may also have multiple possible scenarios.
  • the use of the broadcast information may be any one of the following or any
  • the content is combined and determined: (1) Reference signal (RS) resource information of each cell. (2) Random access resource information of each cell. (3) Control channel resource information of each cell. (4) Information of each cell, such as an identifier of a cell (such as a physical cell identifier PCI). (5) The first resource information sent by the downlink broadcast message of each cell. (6) The terminal device sends the second resource information of the uplink information to each cell. (7) A modulation and demodulation method in which the terminal device transmits uplink information.
  • Interference over thermal (IoT) information of each cell (9) The transmission power of the reference signal of each cell. (10) Weighted value of the interference noise Iot of each cell. (11) Weighted value of path loss for each cell. (12) Data channel resource information of each cell. (13), the protocol layer configuration of each cell, the protocol layer configuration includes a configuration of at least one layer of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. Specifically, the configuration content may refer to the existing long term evolution (Long term evolution, LTE) dual connectivity (DC), which is not described in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • DC dual connectivity
  • the format is: multiple cell identifiers corresponding to orthogonal reference signal resources, as shown in Table 1; wherein the cell identifier may be a physical cell identifier (PCI) or a global cell identification (CGI), etc.
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • CGI global cell identification
  • the information of each cell can be uniquely indicated, or can be a different identifier pre-assigned to each cell, and the identifier correspondence table is broadcast to the terminal device.
  • Table 1 Example of reference signal resource information of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
  • the reference signal may be a known signal sequence, which is sent in the determined resource information (for example, a time-frequency resource location), or may be a subset or a complete set selected from the original reference signals of the respective cells on the ground. It is only necessary to ensure that the reference signals of the respective cells are orthogonal, and the orthogonal relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain, the frequency domain or the code domain.
  • the terminal device can determine which cell has better signal quality by detecting the strength of the reference signal, and select a network access device to which the cell whose signal quality meets the requirement belongs as a data transmission node.
  • the format is: multiple cell identifiers correspond to orthogonal random access resources, as shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 Example of random access resource information for each cell included in the broadcast information
  • the random access resource may be different from the original random access resource of each cell on the ground, or may be a subset or a complete set selected from the original random access resources of each cell on the ground, and only need to guarantee multiple
  • the random access resources of the cell are orthogonal.
  • the random access resources may be grouped based on different time domains, may be grouped based on different frequency domains, or may be grouped based on different code domains. The intersection relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain, the frequency domain, or the code domain.
  • the terminal device can access different cells according to random access resources of different cells.
  • the format is: multiple cell identifiers correspond to orthogonal control channel resources, as shown in Table 3.
  • Table 3 Example of control channel resource information of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
  • Control channel resource information Cell ID 1 Control channel resource 1 Cell ID 2 Control channel resource 2 Cell ID 3 Control channel resource 3
  • the control channel resources of each cell are orthogonal, that is, there is no interference between them.
  • the orthogonal relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain or in the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device may acquire the first time-frequency resource location of the new control channel of the cell according to the control channel resource information corresponding to the different cell, thereby receiving and demodulating the control information of the cell at the location of the new control channel, and further receiving the The data scheduling and control of the cell, wherein the first time-frequency resource locations of the new control channels of different cells in the multiple cells are different.
  • the configuration of the time-frequency resource location of the new control channel of each cell may be configured by the anchor base station, and then the other cells in the first cell group are notified through the X2 interface, or other centralized node configurations, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control channel resource is a downlink control channel resource.
  • the format is: the transmission power of the actual reference signal corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 4.
  • the transmit power of the reference signal may be the transmit power of a signal such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) or a CSI-RS.
  • a signal such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) or a CSI-RS.
  • Table 4 Example of transmission power of reference signals of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
  • the terminal device can estimate the path loss of each cell (hereinafter referred to as path loss) by using the transmission power of the reference signal of each cell and the reference signal received power (RSRP) measured by the downlink.
  • path loss the path loss of each cell
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • the format is: the first resource information of the downlink broadcast message corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 5.
  • the first resource information may be a resource location in a time domain, a frequency domain, a code domain, and an airspace, and also a real-time resource location.
  • the foregoing downlink broadcast message is sent on a non-MBSFN subframe.
  • the foregoing downlink broadcast message may also be sent on an MBSFN subframe.
  • the terminal device may use an MBSFN reference signal or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation) a reference signal (DMRS) sequence to parse the downlink broadcast message, wherein the DMRS sequence is generated according to a ZC (zadoff-chu) root sequence, specifically:
  • the DMRS sequence may be bound according to the identifier of the virtual cell, or may be bound according to a time-frequency resource location (eg, a subframe number) sent by the downlink broadcast message of the virtual cell, or the base station may be used to indicate the DMRS sequence. Not limited.
  • Table 5 Example of first resource information in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits a downlink broadcast message
  • the terminal device may determine the resource information 1 of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and receive the downlink broadcast message sent by each cell on the resource information 1 corresponding to each cell.
  • the uplink information may be sent through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)/physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the first way is to use a second resource (for example, a second uplink resource) on the existing PUCCH/PUSCH resource for use by a specific terminal device (for example, a drone terminal), each of the first cell group.
  • the cell shares the second uplink resource.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink information or the uplink control information
  • the second uplink resource can be sent on the second uplink resource, and all the cells in the first cell group can obtain the uplink information or the uplink control information on the second uplink resource.
  • the first cell group needs to broadcast the second uplink resource that the terminal device sends the uplink information through the PUSCH/PUCCH to the terminal device, where the second uplink resource of each cell is the same, and the second uplink resource may be It is defined by the standard, and may also be negotiated by the network access device to which each cell belongs. This application does not limit this.
  • N is added to the existing PUCCH/PUSCH resource (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the value of N is included with the first cell group.
  • the number of cells is related to the orthogonal third resource used by the terminal device, or a second resource is vacated for use by a specific terminal device (eg, a drone terminal), and is divided on a specific second resource.
  • a plurality of orthogonal third resources that is, resources used by the terminal device to send uplink information to each cell in the first cell group are different, and are orthogonal, that is, dedicated uplink resources of the cell. Therefore, the terminal device sends an uplink message to a certain cell.
  • the information may be sent on the third resource corresponding to the specific cell in the selected first cell group, and the specific cell may parse and acquire the uplink information.
  • the format for this method is as follows:
  • the format is: the third resource corresponding to each cell identifier that sends uplink information, as shown in Table 6.
  • Table 6 Example of a third resource in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits uplink information
  • the terminal device may determine the second resource information of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and send the uplink information on the second resource information corresponding to each cell.
  • the modem mode is used by the network access device to which each cell belongs to demodulate the terminal device to send uplink information, such as the uplink information content sent by the demodulation terminal through the PUSCH/PUCCH.
  • the network access device to which the cell belongs to the first cell group is the same as the modulation and coding scheme (MCS, modulation and coding strategy) sent by the terminal device. or,
  • the MCS that is sent by the network access device to which the cell belongs to the first cell group is different from the MCS, and the modulation and demodulation mode may be notified by the anchor base station to notify the rest of the first cell group.
  • the network access device to which the cell belongs may also be directly notified by the respective cells in the first cell group to be notified to the anchor base station, or directly defined by the standard, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the following describes an example in which the MCS sent by the network access device to which the cell belongs to the terminal device is different.
  • the format is as follows:
  • the format is: the modulation and demodulation mode for transmitting uplink information corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 7.
  • Table 7 Example of modulation and demodulation mode in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits uplink information
  • the terminal device in Table 7 can determine the modulation and demodulation mode of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and send the uplink information in the modulation and demodulation mode corresponding to each cell.
  • the format is: the actual IoT value corresponding to each cell identifier, or a certain transform value based on the IoT value, as shown in Table 8.
  • Table 8 Examples of IoT values and weighting values of multiple cells included in broadcast information
  • the terminal device can adjust the uplink transmit power by using the IoT value of each cell, thereby reducing uplink interference to the ground terminal equipment, and determining each cell according to the IoT value of each cell and the corresponding weighting value.
  • the path loss weighting value is a data transmission node selected by the network access device to which the cell with the lowest path loss weight value belongs from the network access devices to which the plurality of cells belong according to the path loss weight value of each cell.
  • the manner in which the terminal device acquires the signal quality parameters of the multiple cells included in the first cell group is as follows: the terminal device according to the broadcast information sent by the first cell group, the broadcast information includes at least information about each cell, for example, each The reference signal resource information of the cells, the terminal device may measure the signal quality and signal strength of each cell according to the reference signal resource information of each cell, such as Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) and reference signal receiving quality. (reference signal received quality, RSRQ) to obtain signal quality parameters of multiple cells.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • first, second, and the like in this application are only used to distinguish different objects, and the order is not limited.
  • first network access device and the second network access device are only for distinguishing different base stations, and are not limited in their order.
  • a and/or B in the present application is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B.
  • the character "/" in the present application generally indicates that the context of the context is an "or" relationship.
  • at least one of A, B, and C may indicate that A exists separately, B exists separately, C exists separately, There are cases where A and B exist, A and C exist, B and C exist simultaneously, A, B and C, and A and A exist at the same time.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applicable to the present application.
  • the system architecture includes one or more network access devices (such as the first network access device 1011, the second network access device 1012, and the third network access device 1013 shown in FIG. 1).
  • One or more terminal devices such as the first terminal device 1021, the second terminal device 1022, and the third terminal device 1023 shown in FIG. 1).
  • the cell that the network access device covers may be one or more cells, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the cell covered by the first network access device 1011 is the cell 1
  • the cell covered by the second network access device 1012 is the cell 2
  • the cell covered by the third network access device 1013 is the cell. 3. It can be understood that the present application only takes one network access device to cover one cell as an example for description.
  • the first terminal device 1021, the second terminal device 1022, and the third terminal device 1023 move to any one of the first network access device 1011, the second network access device 1012, and the third network access device 1013.
  • the network access device can access the network access device and perform information transmission with the accessed network access device. For example, when the first terminal device 1021 moves to the cell covered by the second network access device 1012, the device can be connected. The second network access device 1012 is entered.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may include fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) communication.
  • System Fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system or various communication systems in the future.
  • the network access device is a gNB
  • the anchor base station may include one or more gNBs
  • one or more TRPs may exist under one gNB.
  • C-RAN cloud radio access network
  • DU data unit
  • CU control unit
  • FIG. 3 in a 5G communication system, there may be a CU-data unit (DU) separation scenario.
  • the CU is an S1 access point on the access network side.
  • the downlink data transmission process is: after receiving the downlink data sent by the core network, the CU distributes the downlink data to the DU, and the DU sends the received downlink data to the terminal device.
  • the uplink data transmission process is: the terminal device sends the uplink data to the DU, and the DU sends the received uplink data to the CU. After receiving the uplink data sent by the DU, the CU sends the received uplink data to the core network.
  • the CU-DU separation scenario it can be considered that the CU exists in the anchor base station, and the DU exists in the data transmission node.
  • the terminal device as an unmanned device as an example, when the UAV device takes off vertically from the ground, it first enters the main lobe coverage of a cell; then, as the UAV device moves out, the UAV device gradually flies. The main lobe coverage of the cell is accessed to the side lobe coverage of the neighboring cell. Therefore, the UAV device will frequently switch the serving cell within a first cell group, for example, as shown in FIG. With the movement of the drone device, the serving cell of the drone device switches from cell 1 to cell 2. However, the prior art does not involve the process of switching between the UAV devices in the first cell group.
  • the handover process of the UAV device in the first cell group follows the handover process of the LTE system cell, that is, the control Both the face and the data plane are switched, which causes the drone device to switch frequently in the air, which not only increases the probability of handover failure, but also increases the delay caused by the handover.
  • the present application provides a method for selecting a data transmission node, in which a terminal device has an anchor base station in a first cell group, and the anchor base station has a connection with a control plane and a data plane of the core network, when the terminal device
  • the terminal device When one cell A in the first cell group moves to another cell B, in general, the other cell B can provide better service for the terminal device than other cells, that is, the terminal device is in the other cell B.
  • the communication quality is often higher than the communication quality in other cells. Therefore, the terminal device can update the data transmission node from the network access device to which the cell A belongs to the network access device to which the cell B belongs, because the data transmission node and the core network There is no data plane and control plane connection between them. Therefore, when the terminal equipment enters another cell from one cell to another, the problem of control plane and data plane switching caused by frequent handover of the network access equipment can be avoided, thereby improving communication quality. .
  • Step S101 The terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a data transmission node.
  • step S101 can be implemented in at least two ways:
  • S1011 The terminal device acquires signal quality parameters of multiple cells included in the first cell group.
  • S1012 The terminal device selects, according to the signal quality parameter of each cell, the first network access device to which the first cell belongs from the network access device to which the multiple cells belong, as the data transmission node.
  • the first network access device is configured to support the terminal device to perform data transmission with the first cell, where the first cell is any one of the multiple cells.
  • the signal quality parameter of the foregoing cell may be used to represent the radio signal strength of the cell.
  • the cell signal quality cell may be a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) of the cell.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • the manner of obtaining the signal quality parameter of the cell in the embodiment of the present application may be, but is not limited to, including any one of the following two manners.
  • the network access devices to which the multiple cells belong may have one or more.
  • the cell covered by any one of the three network access devices may be one or more.
  • the cell covered by the network access device a includes the cell a1 and the cell a2, and the cell covered by the network access device b is The cell b1, the cell covered by the network access device c includes a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3.
  • the multiple cells include a cell a1, a cell a2, a cell b1, a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3.
  • multiple cells include three cells covered by three network access devices.
  • multiple cells may also include only a part of cells covered by three network access devices.
  • multiple cells include cell a1. a cell b1, a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3.
  • the plurality of cells do not include the cell a2 covered by the network access device a, and for example, the plurality of cells include the cell a1, the cell b1, the cell c1, and the cell c3.
  • the plurality of cells do not include the cell a2 covered by the network access device a and the cell c2 covered by the network access device c.
  • step S1012 can be implemented by using the following selection manner 1, selection mode 2, or selection mode 3:
  • the terminal device uses a network access device to which the cell whose signal quality parameter (for example, RSRP) meets the preset requirement belongs as a data transmission node.
  • RSRP signal quality parameter
  • the terminal device determines, as the data transmission node, a network access device (for example, a first network access device) to which the cell with the highest RSRP or the cell with the strongest signal strength belongs.
  • a network access device for example, a first network access device
  • the terminal device can use the network access device to which the cell with the smallest path loss in multiple cells belongs as the data transmission node.
  • the third mode the terminal device uses the network access device to which the cell with the lowest path loss weight is the data transmission node.
  • the terminal device may obtain the path loss weight value of each cell by acquiring the path loss of the multiple cells and the uplink IoT of each cell by using the following: (the uplink IoT of each cell may be indicated according to the identifier of the cell, such that The IoT of each cell and the weighting value of each cell may be determined according to each cell identifier according to Table 4, and the first weighting value of the path loss corresponding to each cell according to the path loss of each cell by the terminal device, The uplink IoT of each cell and the second weighting value of the corresponding uplink IoT of each cell determine the path loss weight value of each cell.
  • the broadcast information carries the first weighting value and the second weighting value, and the terminal device obtains the first weighting value and the second weighting value of the plurality of cells by analyzing the broadcast information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device can pass Obtain the RS transmit power of the neighboring area as follows:
  • a possible implementation manner is that the terminal device acquires the RS transmit power of each cell according to the identifier of each cell from the broadcast information in combination with Table 4.
  • a further possible implementation manner is that after the terminal device accesses the anchor base station, the terminal device receives the RS transmit power of the neighboring cell sent by the anchor base station by using dedicated signaling (such as an RRC message), and the RS transmit power of the neighboring cell is The anchor base station is obtained through an X2 interface with the neighboring cell.
  • the manner in which the terminal device obtains the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal may be various.
  • the broadcast information includes the uplink IoT and/or Or the transmit power of the reference signal
  • the terminal device may parse the received broadcast information to obtain the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal
  • another possible implementation manner is: after the terminal device accesses the anchor base station, the receiving anchor The transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal sent by the base station through the dedicated signaling, where the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal is obtained by the anchor base station through the X2 interface with the neighboring cell, which is not limited in this application. .
  • the terminal device sends the first cell group to the first cell group.
  • the process of initiating a random access by the member cell may be: S1.
  • the terminal device selects a data transmission node by measuring signal quality parameters of each cell in the first cell group, and selects a network access device to which the member cell with the best signal quality belongs as a data transmission.
  • the terminal device initiates a message (Message, Msg) 1, and the Msg1 includes the identification information of the selected member cell (or the identification information of the data transmission node),
  • Msg1 includes the identification information of the selected member cell (or the identification information of the data transmission node)
  • the network access device of the member cell in a cell group parses and identifies whether it is a data transmission node. If the Msg2 is returned to the terminal device, the subsequent process can refer to existing LTE message procedure, not repeated embodiment embodiment of the present invention.
  • the step S1012 in the present application may also be implemented in the following manners 4 or 5: the terminal device selects, from the plurality of cells, the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
  • the method 4 The terminal device determines that the signal quality parameter of the first cell exceeds the preset quality threshold, and the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is the data transmission node.
  • the fifth mode the terminal device determines that the number of signal quality reports of the first cell exceeds the preset number of times, and the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is the data transmission node.
  • the data transmission node is notified to the terminal device.
  • the anchor base station selects the data transmission node for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the measurement report to the anchor base station, where the measurement report includes at least the signal quality parameter of each cell, and the anchor base station determines the first network according to the signal quality parameter of each cell.
  • the access device is a data transmission node.
  • the anchor base station After determining the data transmission node, the anchor base station sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  • the foregoing first indication information is used to indicate that determining the first network access device as a data transmission node may be understood as first indication information for indicating that the first network access device is used as a data transmission node.
  • step S101 can be specifically implemented in the following manner: S1013, the terminal device receives the sending by the anchor base station
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network access device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, the first network access device as a data transmission node.
  • the process of selecting a data transmission node by the anchor base station for the terminal device may refer to the process of selecting the data transmission node according to the signal quality parameter of the cell in the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first indication information may be sent by the first network access device to the terminal device by using a dedicated signaling RRC message.
  • the anchor base station may also send the first indication information to the terminal device by using downlink control information (DCI) or a media access control control element (MAC CE).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • the content of the first indication information may be multiple, for example, the first indication information includes identification information (eg, PCI) of the second cell and/or control channel resource information of the second cell (eg, enhanced The location information of the physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH), so that the terminal device can determine the resource information associated with the control channel resource based on the control channel resource information carried in the first indication information.
  • identification information eg, PCI
  • control channel resource information of the second cell eg, enhanced The location information of the physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH)
  • ePDCCH enhanced The location information of the physical downlink control channel
  • step S101 can also be implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device determines that the data is received on the resource information corresponding to the first cell, and the terminal device determines the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the broadcast information, data channel resource information corresponding to each cell in the first cell group. Specifically, if the terminal device receives data on the data channel resource information of the first cell 1, the terminal device may The first network access device to which a cell belongs is determined as a data transmission node.
  • the data transmission node in the embodiment of the present invention may be the same network access device as the anchor base station, or may be a different network access device than the anchor base station, when the data transmission node and the anchor base station are not the same network.
  • the data transmission node and the core network device may have no data plane and control plane, and the data transmission node may be used to forward the data sent by the anchor base station to the terminal device, and may also be used to forward the data of the terminal device to the anchor base station. .
  • the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal, the first weight value and the second weight value, The RS transmit power and the like may be obtained from the broadcast information, or may be sent by the anchor base station to the terminal device through dedicated signaling.
  • the transmit power, the first weight value, the second weight value, and the RS transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal may be Obtained from the broadcast information or obtained from the anchor base station after determining the anchor base station.
  • the terminal device may use the data transmission node determined by the foregoing method as the anchor base station.
  • the following describes the process in which the terminal device notifies the first network access device itself as a data transmission node after the terminal device determines the data transmission node, or the manner in which the first network access device determines itself as a data transmission node:
  • the terminal device before the terminal device notifies the first network access device that the data transmission node is a process, the terminal device has determined that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device may determine, by using the terminal device described above, that the first network access device is a data transmission node, or may refer to other The process of the network access device being a data transmission node is not described herein again.
  • the terminal device may notify the first network access device as a data transmission node by using an uplink resource shared by multiple cells, or by using a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell:
  • the terminal device is notified by the uplink resource mode shared by the multiple cells: S102A, the terminal device sends uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate the data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the network access device to which each cell belongs can determine the uplink information sent by the terminal device on the shared uplink resource.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, the method further includes: S103: The terminal device receives a broadcast message that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast message is used by the terminal device. And indicating an uplink resource shared by the first cell group.
  • FIG. 5a shows an example of distribution of resources in a first cell group, where the first cell group includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, wherein cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3 has a shared uplink resource, for example, the shared uplink resource shown in Figure 5a.
  • the shared uplink resource is used for cell 1, and cell 2 and cell 3 are used when jointly transmitting and receiving signals.
  • the broadcast message includes an identifier of the shared uplink resource, where the identifier of the shared uplink resource is used to identify the shared uplink resource.
  • the terminal device can determine the uplink resource for sending the uplink information according to the identifier of the shared uplink resource.
  • step S102A in this application may be implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device sends the uplink information on the shared uplink resource by using a modulation and demodulation method common to each cell in the first cell group.
  • the broadcast information further includes: a modulation and demodulation method for instructing the terminal device to send the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
  • the network access device to which each cell belongs can parse the content of the uplink information.
  • step S102A in this application may be implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device sends uplink information on the shared uplink resource by using a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell.
  • the first cell can correctly parse the content of the uplink information by using the modulation and demodulation method.
  • the terminal device is notified by the dedicated uplink resource of each cell: S102B, the terminal device sends uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell, and the uplink information is used to indicate the data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the network access device to which the first cell belongs can determine to send uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell.
  • dedicated uplink resource 1 of cell 1 dedicated uplink resource 2 of cell 2, and dedicated uplink resource 3 of cell 3 are used for cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, respectively.
  • step S102B in the application may be specifically implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device sends uplink information in a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in a modulation and demodulation manner commonly used by each cell in the first cell group.
  • step S102B in the present application may be specifically implemented in the following manner: S102B2: The terminal device sends the uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell-specific modulation and demodulation mode.
  • the uplink information in the application includes the first identifier of the first cell and the second identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is used to identify the terminal device.
  • the second identifier may be an identifier of the terminal device in the first cell group, where the second identifier is used The terminal device is identified within the first cell group.
  • the uplink information in this application can be in many forms:
  • the uplink information may be a first sequence, and the root sequence of the first sequence is determined by the second identifier of the terminal device and the first identifier of the first cell.
  • the cyclic shift of the first sequence is determined by the identity of the first cell (eg, PCI).
  • the first sequence may be an uplink sequence, such as a ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence.
  • the uplink information may also be other sequences, such as an M sequence, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the uplink information may be an uplink message, such as a layer 1 (L1) message or an L1 signaling or an uplink message, and the network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs may receive the uplink information, where The uplink information carries an identifier of the first cell (such as a PCI) and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  • the uplink information may also carry the signaling with feedback that all the cells in the first cell group can resolve.
  • the feedback may be an acknowledgement (Ack) or a negative acknowledgement (Nack).
  • the uplink information may further carry information used to indicate that at least one source cell stops data transmission.
  • the information of the source cell may be a PCI of the source cell, and the network access device to which the source cell belongs may be a data transmission node of the terminal device before the first network access device serves as a data transmission node.
  • the uplink information may also carry an identifier of the anchor base station.
  • the uplink information may be sent by the terminal device by using a PUSCH, a PUCCH, a packet random access channel (PRACH), or a sounding reference signal (SRS), or the uplink information may be It is a new channel designed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device may also send the uplink information through the common resource information negotiated by the network access device to which the multiple cells belong.
  • the uplink information may be a signaling that can be parsed by the relevant cell (where the relevant cell may be understood as a cell corresponding to the data transmission node or the source cell), for example, the signaling that the first cell can parse, Or signaling that the data transmission node or the source data transmission node (for example, the network access device to which the source cell belongs is a source data transmission node) can be parsed.
  • the uplink information sent by the terminal device includes the first information and the second information, or the uplink information sent by the terminal device includes only the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node, and the first information is scrambled by the identifier of the first cell, such as a PCI, and carries the second identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node. In this case, only the data transmission node can correctly decode the first information.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops the data transmission, and the second information is used for the identifier of the second cell (such as PCI) to be scrambled, and carries the second identifier and the second indication information of the terminal device, where the second information
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device is instructed to stop data transmission.
  • the uplink information in this application can be sent by an uplink message or an uplink sequence.
  • the following describes the process in which the network access device determines itself as a data transmission node according to the uplink information after the terminal device notifies the network access device:
  • each network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs receives the uplink sequence, and each network access device parses the uplink sequence.
  • the uplink information carried in the network is determined to be the first network access device, or only the first network access device can parse the uplink information included in the uplink sequence to determine that it is a data transmission node.
  • the network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs receives the uplink information, and then parses the first network access device.
  • the data transmission node included in the uplink information acquisition uplink information belongs to the first network access device, and the first network access device determines that it is a data transmission node.
  • the first network access device may determine that the first information is Data transfer node. Since the second information is scrambled by the first identifier of the second cell, the first network access device may determine, by parsing the second information (for example, the first network access device and the source network access device) Analysis.
  • the first network access device sends the grant information to the terminal device according to the uplink information, where the grant information includes scheduling resource information, where the grant information includes at least one of an uplink grant information and a downlink grant information. .
  • the following describes the specific process of the data transmission node determining, and the terminal device notifying the first network access device as the data transmission node, and performing data transmission by the anchor base station through the first network access device and the terminal device:
  • the first network access device sends a data transmission request message to the anchor base station, where the data transmission request message is used to request data transmission; the first network access device sends the network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group.
  • the remaining network access devices send scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that when the first network access device performs data transmission with the terminal device on the third resource information, the remaining network access devices are on the third resource information.
  • the downlink data is not transmitted or the power of transmitting the downlink data is reduced, thereby avoiding interference between cells.
  • the scheduling information includes MCS modulation and demodulation information, a time-frequency resource location, and the like, where the MCS demodulation information is optional.
  • the data transmission request message may be an existing X2 interface message, or a new interface message, or an over-the-air (OTA) mode, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the data transmission request message may also be another message name, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device notifies the first network access device as the data transmission node of the terminal device in the form of the uplink information of the terminal device, if the uplink information carries the information of the data transmission node, for example, the first cell
  • the first network access device may send a data transmission request message to the anchor base station.
  • the first network access device may send scheduling information to the remaining network access devices through an interface between the network access devices, for example, an X2 interface or other existing interfaces.
  • the backhaul of the X2 interface between the network access devices is not necessarily the ideal backhaul, the interaction between the network access devices has a certain delay. To avoid/reduce the delay, the data transmission node
  • the remaining network access devices can be notified by:
  • the first network access device sends the scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in an over-the-air manner, that is, the scheduling information transmitted by the first network access device occupies a part of the downlink resources to implement the network access device. Air communication between.
  • Mode B The first network access device first sends the scheduling information to the terminal device by using a downlink message (for example, Downlink Control Information, DCI), and the terminal device firstly uses the modulation and demodulation method parsed from the broadcast information.
  • the cell group sends the uplink information of the bearer scheduling information to notify the other network access devices of the scheduling information.
  • a downlink message for example, Downlink Control Information, DCI
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the cell group sends the uplink information of the bearer scheduling information to notify the other network access devices of the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device receives scheduling information of the first cell of the data transmission node from the data transmission node (ie, the first network access device); the terminal device sends scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, and the scheduling information includes scheduling.
  • the location of the resource, the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  • the first network access device when the first network access device sends scheduling information to the remaining network access devices except the network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group, the first network access device may also send silence to the remaining network access devices. (mute) indicates that the silence indication is used to indicate that the remaining network access devices remain silent according to the scheduling information.
  • the silence indication may be sent to the remaining network access devices along with the scheduling information, in which case the scheduling information includes a silent indication.
  • the silent indication may be sent to the remaining network access devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • the anchor base station performs data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, where: the anchor base station sends data to the first network access device, the first network access device receives data sent by the anchor base station, and the anchor base station is used.
  • the transmitted transmission is to the terminal device; or the terminal device transmits data to the anchor base station through the first network access device.
  • the data sent by the anchor base station is described by taking a packet processed by a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer as an example.
  • the data transmitted by the anchor base station is similarly processed by the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, the PHY layer, or the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, or the data packet processed by the PDCP layer and the RLC layer.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the terminal device before the anchor base station performs data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, the terminal device has determined the first network access device, and the terminal device has also notified the first network access device as a data transmission node.
  • the process of determining the first network access device by the terminal device may be referred to the description in the foregoing embodiment, and may also be determined according to other manners for determining the first network access device, which is not further described herein.
  • the process of the terminal device notifying the first network access device as a data transmission node refer to the foregoing embodiment, and other applications are not described herein.
  • the terminal device can be re-established.
  • a network access device is selected as the data transmission node. Specifically, the terminal device reselects a network access device as the data transmission node. For the process of determining the first network access device as the data transmission node, the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiment is used. This application does not repeat here.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device replaces the data transmission node, the terminal device should already have a source data transmission node, and the determination manner of the source data transmission node can be determined by referring to the description in the foregoing embodiment, or may be determined by other methods.
  • the application does not limit this, in addition, the number of sources that can pass between the terminal device and the anchor base station
  • the data transmission process is performed by the transmission node.
  • the network access device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the first cell.
  • the network access device sends a first indication to the first network access device, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  • the step S201 is specifically implemented by: the network access device may determine, according to the measurement report sent by the terminal device to the network access device, that the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the measurement report includes the first cell group. Signal quality parameters for multiple cells within.
  • the network access device determines, according to the measurement report, that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  • the terminal device determines, according to signal quality parameters of multiple cells, that the first network access device is data transmission. The process of the node is not described herein again.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: S203, the network access device sends a second indication to the terminal device by using the source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is the a target data transmission node of the terminal device, wherein the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  • the first indication may be sent by the network access device to the terminal device by using a dedicated signaling RRC message.
  • the network access device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using a downlink control information (DCI) or a media access control control element (MAC CE).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • the content of the second indication may be multiple.
  • the second indication includes identifier information (eg, PCI) of the first cell.
  • the second indication further includes at least one of the broadcast information of the first cell group.
  • the content of the broadcast information may be referred to in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device can determine the data transmission node according to the identifier information of the first cell carried in the second indication.
  • the terminal The device needs to acquire the broadcast information of the first cell group before the second indication is received, so as to obtain related information of each cell in the first cell group, so that related information associated with the identifier of the first cell may be determined according to the foregoing Table 3. Therefore, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the first network access device according to the related information.
  • the network access device may send the broadcast information to the terminal device through the broadcast channel, and the broadcast channel may be a designed new broadcast channel or an existing broadcast channel design, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the broadcast information may be sent to the terminal device by using common resource information (for example, first resource information) negotiated by the network access device to which the multiple cells belong.
  • the method before the network access device determines that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device, the method further includes: S204, the terminal device sends a measurement report to the network access device, where the measurement report includes the first cell. Information about multiple cells within a group (eg, signal quality parameters). S205, network access device Receive measurement reports sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the measurement report to the network access device in multiple manners. For example, in a case where the terminal device has a source data transmission node, the terminal device may first send the measurement report to the source. The data transmission node transmits the measurement report to the network access device by the source data transmission node. In another mode, the terminal device sends the measurement report directly to the network access device. In this manner, when the network access device and the first network access device are not the same network access device, the network access device There is also an air interface connection with the terminal device.
  • the network access device may further send a request message to the terminal device when determining that the source data transmission node cannot meet the preset requirement, and the request message is used by the terminal device.
  • the signal quality parameter of each cell is reported to the terminal device.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: S206: The network access device sends a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to indicate that the source data transmission node stops the data transmission.
  • the source data transmission node determines a data transmission node determined by the terminal device before the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the source data transmission node may be determined by the terminal device itself, or may be an anchor base station. It is determined for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the third indication may include the following content: the third indication includes a first identifier of the second cell, for example, a PCI.
  • the method provided by the present application further includes: the first network access device sends scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate multiple cells.
  • the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate multiple cells. The cells outside the first cell remain silent on the scheduling resources.
  • the process and the manner in which the first network access device sends the scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in the first cell group may be referred to in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the process of determining the data transmission node of the terminal device may be specifically For the process of determining the data transmission node for the terminal device, refer to the process of determining the data transmission node by the terminal device, and also refer to the process of determining the data transmission node by the network access device, or refer to other methods for determining the data transmission for the terminal device.
  • the process of the node is not limited in this application.
  • the process of data transmission by the network access device by using the first network access device and the terminal device may refer to the process that the anchor base station can perform data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, and the application is here. No longer.
  • the network access device in the present application determines the first network access device as the data transmission node of the terminal device, the network access device may not notify the terminal device of which network access the selected data transmission node is.
  • the device, that is, the second indication sent by the network access device to the terminal device may be omitted, but the terminal device itself blindly checks to determine which network access device is used as the data transmission node, and the following refers to the first network access device.
  • the network access device transmits data to the terminal device by using the first network access device, and the terminal device receives
  • the data is blindly detected after the data is received, that is, the received data is blindly detected on the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH of each cell, because the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH corresponding to each cell in the first cell group is in a first cell.
  • the terminal device has a corresponding relationship between each cell and the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH.
  • the first network access device to which the cell associated with the time-frequency resource location of the first ePDCCH belongs may be determined as the data transmission node.
  • the cell in which the terminal device is currently located is the cell 2
  • the anchor base station in the first cell group is the network access device 1, and the terminal device moves from the cell 2 to the cell 3.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement report to the anchor base station by measuring the signal quality of the neighboring cell, and the anchor base station receives the measurement report, and the anchor base station reselects a network access device as the data transmission node according to the received measurement report.
  • a measurement report to the anchor base station by measuring the signal quality of the neighboring cell
  • the anchor base station receives the measurement report
  • the anchor base station reselects a network access device as the data transmission node according to the received measurement report.
  • the processes described in the foregoing embodiments for example, the process in which the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, the process in which the terminal device notifies the first network access device as a data transmission node, and the network connection
  • the process of determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the process of updating the data transmission node may be implemented separately, and each process may also be implemented in combination according to requirements, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device determines the data transmission node, the terminal device replacement data transmission node, the data transmission node performs data transmission, the network access device determines the data transmission node, and the network access device replaces the data transmission node through a specific application scenario.
  • the virtual cell currently served or camped by the terminal device is the first cell group 1, and the first cell group has three network access devices, the network access device 1, the network access device 2, and the network access device 3.
  • the network access device 1 is an anchor base station, and the network access device 2 and the network access device 3 can serve as data transmission nodes.
  • the network access device 1 is connected to the core network to perform data transmission of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 shows that after the terminal device determines that the data transmission node is the network access device 3, the terminal device sends uplink information to the network access device to which each cell in the first cell group belongs through the shared uplink resource.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a terminal device transmitting uplink information through a dedicated uplink resource of a cell 3. Specifically, the process of the terminal device determining that the network access device 3 is a data transmission node can be referred to the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 shows a process in which the terminal device determines that the data access node is the network access device 3, and the network access device 3 transfers the data.
  • the network access device 1 can access the device through the network.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device accessing the network access device 2, sending a silent indication or the network access device 1 sends a silent indication to the network access device 2, in which the network access device 2 remains silent during the data transmission process by the terminal device through the network access device 3 and the network access device 1 .
  • the terminal device can reselect a network access device as a data transmission node. Specifically, the terminal device reselects a network access.
  • the device as a data transmission node process can be referred to the above embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the data transmission node of the terminal device being converted by the network access device 3 into the network access device 2.
  • the network access device 2 remains silent; when the data transmission node of the terminal device changes from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 During the process of data transmission between the terminal device and the network access device 2, the network access device 3 remains silent.
  • the process of converting the data transmission node of the terminal device from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 can be referred to. The description in the above embodiments is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 shows that after the anchor base station determines that the data transmission node is the network access device 3, the anchor base station sends a first indication to the network access device 3, where the first indication is used to indicate the network access device 3.
  • the process of determining that the network access device 3 is a data transmission node by the anchor base station can be referred to the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 11 shows a process in which the anchor base station determines that the data access node is the network access device 3, and the network access device 3 transfers data.
  • the network access device 1 can access the device through the network.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device accessing the network access device 2, sending a silent indication or the network access device 3 sends a silent indication to the network access device 2, when the terminal device performs data transmission through the network access device 3 and the network access device 1, the network access device 2 remains silent. .
  • the process of converting the data transmission node of the terminal device from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 can be referred to FIG. 8 above, and the present application does not Let me repeat.
  • each network element such as a network access device and a terminal device.
  • each network element such as a network access device and a terminal device.
  • it includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the function modules of the network access device and the terminal device according to the foregoing method example.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner. The following is an example of dividing each functional module by using corresponding functions:
  • FIG. 12 shows a possible structural diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes a determining unit 101 and a transmitting unit 102.
  • the determining unit 101 is configured to support the terminal device to perform step S101 in the foregoing embodiment (specifically, may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015);
  • the sending unit 102 is configured to support the terminal device to perform the foregoing embodiment.
  • Step S102A (specifically, it may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, it may be S102B1 and S102B2).
  • the terminal device provided by the present application further includes: a receiving unit 103, which is further configured to support the terminal device to perform steps S103 and S1013 in the foregoing embodiment. And/or other processes for the techniques described herein. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes a processing module 112 and a communication module 113.
  • the processing module 112 is configured to perform control and management on the terminal device actions.
  • the processing module 112 is configured to support the terminal device to perform step S101 in the foregoing embodiment (specifically, may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015);
  • the supporting terminal device performs step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013 in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device may further include a storage module 111 for storing program codes and data of the terminal device.
  • the processing module 112 may be a processor or a controller, such as a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module 113 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like.
  • the storage module 111 can be a memory.
  • the terminal device involved in the present application may be the device shown in FIG.
  • the communication interface 130, the at least one processor 120, and the memory 140 are mutually connected by a bus 110; the bus 110 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 14, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory 140 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal device.
  • the communication interface 130 is configured to support the terminal device to communicate with other devices (for example, network access devices), and the processor 120 is configured to support the terminal device to execute program codes and data stored in the memory 140 to implement a data transmission node provided by the present application. Determine the method.
  • FIG. 15 shows a possible structural diagram of the network access device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the network access device includes a determining unit 201 and a transmitting unit 202.
  • the receiving unit 201 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S201 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the sending unit 202 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S202 and step S203 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network access device in this application further includes: a receiving unit 203, configured to support the network access device to perform step S205 in the foregoing embodiment. And/or other processes for the techniques described herein. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • the receiving unit 203 in the present application may be a receiver of the network access device, and the sending unit 202 may be a transmitter of the network access device, where the receiver can usually send with the network access device.
  • the devices are integrated for use as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, and the determining unit 201 may be integrated on a processor of the network access device.
  • FIG. 16 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the network access device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the network access device includes a processing module 212 and a communication module 213.
  • the processing module 212 is configured to perform control and management on network access device actions.
  • the processing module 212 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S201 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the communication module 213 is configured to support the network access device to execute the foregoing embodiment. Steps S202, S203, and S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein.
  • the network access device may further include a storage module 211 for storing program codes and data of the network access device.
  • the processing module 212 can be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication module 213 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like.
  • the storage module 211 can be a memory.
  • the network access device involved in the present application may be the device shown in FIG.
  • the communication interface 230, the at least one processor 220, and the memory 210 are connected to each other through a bus 200.
  • the bus 200 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory 210 is used to store program codes and data of the network access device.
  • the communication interface 230 is configured to support the network access device to communicate with other devices (eg, terminal devices), and the processor 220 is configured to support the network access device to execute program codes and data stored in the memory 210 to implement a data provided by the present application.
  • the transmission method or the data transmission node determination method is configured to support the network access device to communicate with other devices (eg, terminal devices).
  • the receiving unit (or the unit for receiving) involved in the present application may be a data transmission node determining device or an interface circuit of the data transmitting device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit is an interface circuit for the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the above transmitting unit (or unit for transmitting) is an interface circuit of the data transmitting node determining device or the data transmitting device for transmitting signals to other devices.
  • the transmitting unit is an interface circuit for transmitting signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system 150 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the chip system 150 includes at least one processor 1510, a memory 1540, and an interface circuit 1530 that can include read only memory and random access memory and provides operational instructions and data to the processor 1510.
  • a portion of memory 1540 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory 1540 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extended set:
  • the corresponding operation is performed by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 1540 (which can be stored in the operating system).
  • One possible implementation manner is that the structure of the chip system used by the network access device and the terminal device is similar, but different devices use different chip systems to implement their respective functions.
  • the processor 1510 controls the operations of the network access device and the terminal device, and the processor 1510 may also be referred to as a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • Memory 1540 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 1510.
  • a portion of memory 1540 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the data transmission node determining device or the various components of the data transmission device are coupled together by a bus system 1520.
  • the bus system 1520 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 1520 in FIG.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1510 or implemented by the processor 1510.
  • the processor 1510 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1510 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1510 described above may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware. Component.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1540, and the processor 1510 reads the information in the memory 1540 and performs the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the interface circuit 1530 is configured to perform the steps of receiving and transmitting by the network access device and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the processor 1510 is configured to perform the steps of the network access device and the terminal device in the above embodiments.
  • the instructions stored by the memory for execution by the processor may be implemented in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product may be written in the memory in advance, or may be downloaded in software and installed in the memory.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • wire eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape, an optical medium such as a DVD, or a semiconductor medium such as a Solid State Disk (SSD).
  • SSD Solid State Disk
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, and when it runs on the terminal device, causes the terminal device to perform step S101 in the embodiment (specifically, it may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015), step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, it may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013. And/or other processes performed by the terminal device for the techniques described herein.
  • a computer storage medium where instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, and when executed on a network access device, the network access device performs steps S201, S202, S203 in the embodiment, and S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein.
  • a computer program product storing instructions, when the terminal device is running on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform step S101 in the embodiment (specifically, it may be S1011, S1012 S1014 and S1015), step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013.
  • a computer program product storing instructions, when the network access device is running, causing the network access device to perform steps S201, S202, S203 in the embodiment. And S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.

Abstract

Provided are a data transmission node determination method and apparatus, wherein same relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and are used for improving the communication quality of a terminal device in multiple cells. The solution comprises: a terminal device determining that a first network access device that a first cell in a first cell group belongs to is a data transmission node, wherein the first cell group comprises multiple cells; and the terminal device sending uplink information on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, wherein the uplink information is used for indicating the data transmission node of the terminal device. The solution is applicable to a scenario where a terminal device moves from one cell to another cell in a first cell group.

Description

一种数据传输节点确定方法和装置Data transmission node determining method and device 技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及无线通信技术领域,特别涉及一种数据传输节点确定方法和装置。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission node determining method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
无人驾驶飞机,简称“无人机”,无人机应用正在向传统行业的各个方面渗透,其已从简单的底层基础运输功能,搭载不同货物,转身到搭载不同任务设备,扩展进入航拍、测绘、农业植保等领域,未来作为万物互联的重要终端组成部分,呈现出三大趋势:飞行智能化、传输带宽化以及功能多样化。Drones, referred to as "unmanned aerial vehicles", drone applications are infiltrating into all aspects of the traditional industry, from simple basic underlying transport functions, carrying different cargo, turning to carry different mission equipment, expanding into aerial photography, In the fields of surveying and mapping, agricultural plant protection, and the future, as an important terminal component of the Internet of Everything, there are three major trends: flight intelligence, transmission bandwidth and functional diversification.
其中,飞行智能化是指未来无人机应该是智能化的,而不仅仅只是听从指令的被动飞行。无人机应该能够通过传感器、摄像头、网络控制等技术,实现自我主动判断,感知空域变化,完成诸如主动避让,路线重新规划等动作。传输宽带化是指未来无人机传输应该是宽带化的,要求能够将采集的数据与其他设备进行实时分享,协同合作,应对不同任务的需要,支持类似电力巡检无人机上行250Mbps的数据传输要求。功能多样化是指未来无人机功能应该是多样化的,除了能够具备视距飞行的业务能力,还需要满足超视距飞行的业务需求;除了具备信息保密、抗干扰的能力,避免业务信息被篡改,还需要满足信息与其他通信设备及时互通互动的需求,协作分工。Among them, flight intelligence means that the future drones should be intelligent, not just passive flight of instructions. UAVs should be able to self-determine, perceive airspace changes, and perform actions such as active avoidance and route re-planning through sensors, cameras, network control and other technologies. Transmission broadband means that the future UAV transmission should be broadband. It is required to be able to share the collected data with other devices in real time, cooperate and cooperate to meet the needs of different tasks, and support data similar to the power inspection UAV upstream 250Mbps. Transmission requirements. Functional diversification means that the future drone function should be diversified. In addition to the ability to have line-of-sight flight capability, it also needs to meet the business needs of over-the-horizon flight; in addition to the ability to keep information confidential and anti-interference, avoid business information. Being tampered with, it is also necessary to meet the needs of timely interaction between information and other communication devices, and to coordinate the division of labor.
与无人机未来发展趋势相适应,必然要有与之相匹配的通信网络,要做好相应的低空覆盖网络保障。例如,无人机联网的首要任务,是实现无人机与其他通信设备通讯,实现网络控制无人机以及航行期间的信息、图片、视频等的实时回传,低空覆盖网络保障的好坏直接影响无人机联网应用的发展进程。In line with the future development trend of drones, it is necessary to have a communication network that matches it, and it is necessary to do a good job of low-altitude coverage network protection. For example, the primary task of UAV networking is to realize the communication between UAVs and other communication devices, realizing network control of drones and real-time backhaul of information, pictures, videos, etc. during navigation, and the coverage of low-altitude coverage networks is directly Affect the development process of drone networking applications.
目前,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)就无人机联网业务的网络要求给出了详细说明。由于无人机与现有的智能设备(例如手机)等具有不同的网络要求,因此,利用网络支持无人机通信时,会面临一系列的问题,比如地面上的多个小区会形成一个覆盖区域,无人机可以在该覆盖区域内与地面上的多个小区通信,但是无人机在该覆盖区域内飞行过程中可能会存在频繁切换服务小区,或者会面临不同小区的干扰,这样可能导致无人机的通信质量受到影响。Currently, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) gives a detailed description of the network requirements for UAV networking services. Since drones have different network requirements from existing smart devices (such as mobile phones), when using the network to support drone communication, there are a series of problems, such as multiple coverage on the ground. In the area, the drone can communicate with multiple cells on the ground in the coverage area, but the drone may have frequent handover of the serving cell during the flight in the coverage area, or may face interference from different cells, which may The communication quality of the drone is affected.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法和装置,用于提高终端设备在多个小区中的通信质量。The present application provides a data transmission node determining method and apparatus for improving communication quality of a terminal device in multiple cells.
第一方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,该第一小区组包括多个小区;终端设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。In a first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: determining, by a terminal device, a first network access device to which a first cell in a first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, where the first cell group includes multiple The terminal device sends uplink information on uplink resources shared by multiple cells, and the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,通过终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一 小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,并在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,这样第一网络接入设备在接收到上行信息之后,便可以确定自己为数据传输节点,这样终端设备便可以通过第一网络接入设备与第一小区之间进行数据传输。通过共用的上行资源发送上行信息可以实现类似于终端设备向网络接入设备广播的效果,减少了通知的时延,便于各个网络接入设备采取适当的措施,减少干扰。The present application provides a data transmission node determining method, where a first cell group is determined by a terminal device. The first network access device to which the cell belongs is a data transmission node, and sends uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, so that after receiving the uplink information, the first network access device can determine that it is data transmission. a node, such that the terminal device can perform data transmission between the first network access device and the first cell. Sending the uplink information through the shared uplink resource can achieve the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device, reducing the delay of the notification, and facilitating each network access device to take appropriate measures to reduce interference.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,上行信息包括第一小区的第一标识,以及终端设备的第二标识,可选的,该终端设备的第二标识用于在第一小区组中识别该终端设备。通过在上行信息中携带第一小区的第一标识,这样第一网络接入设备在接收到上行信息之后便可以确定第一网络接入设备为终端设备的数据传输节点。With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the uplink information includes a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device, and optionally, the second identifier of the terminal device is used by The terminal device is identified in the first cell group. By carrying the first identifier of the first cell in the uplink information, the first network access device can determine that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device after receiving the uplink information.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,上行信息为第一序列,第一序列由第一小区的第一标识和终端设备的第二标识确定。With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the uplink information is a first sequence, the first sequence is determined by the first identifier of the first cell, The second identity of the terminal device is determined.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,上行信息还用于指示第二小区所属的第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,第二网络接入设备为终端设备在确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前的数据传输节点。当终端设备在确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前还存在第二网络接入设备,则终端设备通过指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,可以避免对第一网络接入设备与终端设备之间的通信质量造成影响。With reference to the first aspect to the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the uplink information is further used to indicate that the second network access device to which the second cell belongs stops the data. The second network access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node. When the terminal device further determines that the first network access device is the data transmission node, the terminal device may prevent the first network access device from being stopped by instructing the second network access device to stop the data transmission. The quality of communication between terminal devices has an impact.
可选的,上行信息还包括第二小区的第一标识。Optionally, the uplink information further includes a first identifier of the second cell.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,上行信息包括第一信息,该第一信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。通过在上行信息中携带第一信息,这样第一网络接入设备在接收到上行信息之后便可以确定第一网络接入设备为终端设备的数据传输节点。With reference to the third aspect, the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the uplink information includes the first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the first network is connected The incoming device is determined to be a data transfer node. By carrying the first information in the uplink information, the first network access device can determine that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device after receiving the uplink information.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,上行信息还包括第二信息,该第二信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。当终端设备在确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前还存在第二网络接入设备,则终端设备通过第二信息,可以避免对第一网络接入设备与终端设备之间的通信质量造成影响。With reference to the first aspect to the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the uplink information further includes the second information, where the second information is used to indicate the second network connection The incoming device stops the data transfer. When the terminal device further determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, the terminal device can prevent the communication quality between the first network access device and the terminal device by using the second information. Make an impact.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,第一信息携带第一指示信息以及终端设备的第二标识,第一信息使用第一小区的第一标识加扰,第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;第二信息携带第二指示信息以及终端设备的第二标识,该第二信息用于第二小区的第一标识加扰,第二指示信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。使用第一小区的第一标识加扰第一信息,这样第一小区组中的各个小区接收到第一信息之后,各个小区便可以根据第一小区的第一标识确定第一信息是否发送给自己,当第一信息不是发送给自己时,便可以不对第一信息进行解析,从而避免了资源浪费,此外,第二信息使用第二小区的第一标识加扰,这样也可以避免除第二小区之外的其余小区对该第二信息进行解析。 With reference to the first aspect to the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first information carries the first indication information and the second identifier of the terminal device, the first information Using the first identifier of the first cell to be scrambled, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined as the data transmission node; the second information carries the second indication information, and the second identifier of the terminal device, the second The information is used for the first identifier of the second cell to be scrambled, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops the data transmission. The first information of the first cell is used to scramble the first information, so that after each cell in the first cell group receives the first information, each cell may determine whether the first information is sent to the first information according to the first identifier of the first cell. When the first information is not sent to itself, the first information may not be parsed, thereby avoiding waste of resources. In addition, the second information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the second cell, so that the second cell can be avoided. The remaining cells are parsed for the second information.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息之前,本申请提供的方法还包括:终端设备接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,广播信息用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源。通过接收共用的上行资源,这样终端设备便可以在共用的上行资源上向第一小区组发送上行信息,可以实现类似于终端设备向网络接入设备广播的效果,减少了通知的时延,便于各个网络接入设备采取适当的措施,减少干扰。With reference to the first aspect to the sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells, the application provides The method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast information is used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by multiple cells. By receiving the shared uplink resource, the terminal device can send the uplink information to the first cell group on the shared uplink resource, which can achieve the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device, thereby reducing the delay of the notification and facilitating. Each network access device takes appropriate measures to reduce interference.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备以第一小区组共用的调制解调方式发送上行信息。通过向终端设备指示发送各个小区共用的调制解调方式,可以使得各个小区正确的解调终端设备发送的上行信息的内容。With reference to the first aspect to the seventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate that the terminal device uses a modulation and demodulation manner shared by the first cell group. Send upstream information. By instructing the terminal device to transmit the modulation and demodulation mode shared by each cell, each cell can correctly demodulate the content of the uplink information sent by the terminal device.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备每个小区的专用调制解调方式,不同小区的调制解调方式不同,终端设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,还包括:终端设备以该第一小区的专用调制解调方式在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息。终端设备以第一小区的专用调制解调方式在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,这样可以使得第一小区正确的解调发送的上行信息的内容。With reference to the first aspect to the seventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell of the terminal device, different. The modulation and demodulation mode of the cell is different, and the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, and the terminal device sends the uplink on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells by using the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell. information. The terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resources shared by the multiple cells in the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell, so that the first cell can correctly demodulate the content of the sent uplink information.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,包括:终端设备接收锚基站发送的用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点的第三指示信息;终端设备根据第三指示信息,将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。With reference to the first aspect to the eighth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal device determines the first network access to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs The device is a data transmission node, and the terminal device receives the third indication information that is sent by the anchor base station to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be the data transmission node, and the terminal device accesses the first network according to the third indication information. The device is determined to be a data transfer node.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,包括:终端设备确定在第一小区对应的资源信息上接收到数据;终端设备将第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。With reference to the first aspect to the eighth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal device determines the first network access to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs The device is a data transmission node, and the terminal device determines that the data is received on the resource information corresponding to the first cell, and the terminal device determines the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:终端设备接收数据传输节点发送的第一小区的调度信息;终端设备在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。通过发送调度信息可以使得其他小区所属的网络接入设备在第一网络接入设备在该调度资源保持静默,从而避免了小区间的干扰。With reference to the first aspect to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the first cell sent by the data transmission node The scheduling information is sent by the terminal device on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, and the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells is on the scheduling resource. Keep silent. By sending the scheduling information, the network access device to which other cells belong can be kept silent in the scheduling resource at the first network access device, thereby avoiding interference between cells.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:终端设备通过数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据,或者终端设备通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据。With reference to the first aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method provided by the application further includes: The node receives data transmitted by the anchor base station, or the terminal device transmits data to the anchor base station through the data transmission node.
可选的,锚基站可以将处理后的PDCP数据包通过数据传输节点发送给终端设备。下述锚基站通过数据传输节点与终端设备进行数据传输的过程,可以参考此处,本申请后续不再赘述。Optionally, the anchor base station may send the processed PDCP data packet to the terminal device by using the data transmission node. The following describes the process of the data transmission between the data transmission node and the terminal device by the anchor base station, which can be referred to herein.
可选的,锚基站可以通过数据传输节点对应的小区的专用下行资源向终端设备发送数据,或者通过共用于多个小区的共用下行资源向终端设备发送数据,或者终端设 备在多个小区共用的上行资源上通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据,或者在数据传输节点对应的小区的专用上行资源上向锚基站发送数据。这样可以避免数据质量受到影响。Optionally, the anchor base station may send data to the terminal device by using a dedicated downlink resource of the cell corresponding to the data transmission node, or send data to the terminal device by using a common downlink resource that is commonly used for multiple cells, or the terminal is configured. The data transmission node sends data to the anchor base station on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, or sends data to the anchor base station on the dedicated uplink resource of the cell corresponding to the data transmission node. This will prevent data quality from being affected.
第二方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:终端设备接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中每个小区的专用上行资源;终端设备在第一小区组中的第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点为第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备。通过为多个小区划分专用上行资源,可以减少小区间的干扰。另外,也可以减少小区标识信息在空口的传递。In a second aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a terminal device, broadcast information commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate multiple cells. a dedicated uplink resource of each cell; the terminal device sends the uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell group, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network to which the first cell belongs. Access device. Inter-cell interference can be reduced by dividing dedicated uplink resources for multiple cells. In addition, the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
可选的,上行信息的内容可以参见上述第一方面中的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。For example, the content of the uplink information can be referred to the description in the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示每个小区的专用调制解调方式。可选的,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式不相同。With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell. Optionally, the modulation and demodulation modes of different cells are different.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在第一小区组中的第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息之前,本申请提供的还包括:终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the second aspect to the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the terminal device is dedicated to the first cell in the first cell group Before the uplink information is sent on the resource, the application further includes: determining, by the terminal device, that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node.
可选的,终端设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的方式可以参见上述第一方面的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, for the manner in which the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, refer to the description of the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源,本申请提供的还包括:终端设备接收数据传输节点发送的第一小区的调度信息;终端设备在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。With reference to any one of the second aspect to the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by multiple cells, The application further includes: the terminal device receiving the scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node; the terminal device transmitting the scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group; wherein the scheduling information includes the location of the scheduling resource, and the scheduling information is used by the A cell other than the first cell indicating a plurality of cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过第一网络接入设备接收锚基站发送的数据,或者,终端设备通过第一网络接入设备向锚基站发送数据。With reference to the second aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station by using the first network access device Or, the terminal device sends data to the anchor base station by using the first network access device.
第三方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:网络接入设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区;网络接入设备向第一网络接入设备发送用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点的第一指示,通过网络接入设备之间的接口实现数据传输节点选择的通知,可以节约宝贵的空口资源。In a third aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: determining, by a network access device, that a first network access device to which a first cell belongs in a first cell group is a target data transmission node of a terminal device, first The cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the plurality of cells include the first cell; the network access device sends a first indication to the first network access device, where the first network access device is the target data transmission node of the terminal device, The interface between the network access devices realizes the notification of the selection of the data transmission node, which can save valuable air interface resources.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:网络接入设备通过源数据传输节点向终端设备发送第二指示,第二指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,源数据传输节点为终端设备之前的数据传输节点。With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device sends a second indication to the terminal device by using the source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate The first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的 实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:网络接入设备向源数据传输节点发送第三指示,第三指示用于指示源数据传输节点停止数据传输。In conjunction with the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect, the second possible aspect of the third aspect In an implementation manner, the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device sends a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to indicate that the source data transmission node stops the data transmission.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:网络接入设备通过目标数据传输节点向终端设备发送数据,或者,网络接入设备通过目标数据传输节点接收终端设备发送的数据。With reference to any one of the third aspect to the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method provided by the application further includes: the network access device passes the target data The transmitting node sends data to the terminal device, or the network access device receives the data sent by the terminal device through the target data transmission node.
第四方面,本申请提供的一种数据传输方法,包括:终端设备从数据传输节点接收数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;终端设备在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默,通过终端设备广播调度信息,可以使其他小区在相应的资源位置保持静默,减少对于终端设备空口传输的干扰。In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method provided by the present application includes: receiving, by a terminal device, scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node from a data transmission node; and transmitting, by the terminal device, scheduling information on an uplink resource shared by the first cell group; The first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the multiple cells include a first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell in the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resource. By broadcasting the scheduling information by the terminal device, other cells can be kept silent at the corresponding resource locations, thereby reducing interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:终端设备通过数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据,或者终端设备通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station by using the data transmission node, or the terminal device sends the data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
第五方面,本申请提供一种数据传输方法,包括:数据传输节点向第一小区组中的网络接入设备发送数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;数据传输节点根据调度信息发送数据;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中除第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。数据传输节点与其他网络接入设备之间的接口发送调度信息,可以使其他小区在相应的资源位置保持静默,减少对于终端空口传输的干扰。另外,可以节约空口的资源。In a fifth aspect, the application provides a data transmission method, including: a data transmission node sends scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node to a network access device in a first cell group; and the data transmission node sends data according to the scheduling information; The first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the multiple cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resources. The interface between the data transmission node and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which can keep other cells silent at the corresponding resource locations, and reduce interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据,数据传输节点将该数据发送给终端设备,或者,数据传输节点接收终端设备发送的数据,数据传输节点将终端设备发送的数据发送给锚基站。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method provided by the present application further includes: the data transmission node receives the data sent by the anchor base station, and the data transmission node sends the data to the terminal device, or The data transmission node receives the data sent by the terminal device, and the data transmission node sends the data sent by the terminal device to the anchor base station.
相应的,第六方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输节点确定装置可以实现第一方面至第一方面的任一项所描述的数据传输节点确定方法。例如,该数据传输节点确定装置可以为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。Correspondingly, in a sixth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the first aspect to the first aspect. For example, the data transmission node determining means may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
第六方面,该数据传输节点确定装置,包括:确定单元,用于确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,该第一小区组包括多个小区;发送单元,用于在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。In a sixth aspect, the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, and the first cell group includes multiple cells And a sending unit, configured to send uplink information on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,上行信息包括第一小区的第一标识,以及终端设备的第二标识。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the uplink information includes a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,上行信息为第一序列,第一序列由第一小区的第一标识和终端设备的第二标识确定。 With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the uplink information is a first sequence, the first sequence is determined by the first identifier of the first cell, The second identity of the terminal device is determined.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,上行信息还用于指示第一小区组中第二小区所属的第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,第二网络接入设备为终端设备在确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前的数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the second possible aspect of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the uplink information is further used to indicate the second cell in the first cell group The associated second network access device stops data transmission, and the second network access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,上行信息包括第一信息,第一信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the uplink information includes the first information, where the first information is used to indicate that The first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,上行信息还包括第二信息,第二信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the uplink information further includes the second information, where the second information is used to indicate The second network access device stops data transmission.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,第一信息携带第一指示信息以及终端设备的第二标识,第一信息使用第一小区的第一标识加扰,第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;第二信息携带第二指示信息以及终端设备的第二标识,该第二信息使用第二小区的第一标识加扰,该第二指示信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first information carries the first indication information and the second information of the terminal device The first information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the first cell, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node, and the second information is used to carry the second indication information and the second information of the terminal device. And identifying, the second information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the second cell, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops data transmission.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的装置还包括:接收单元,用于接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该广播信息用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the apparatus provided by the application further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive Commonly used for the broadcast information of the first cell group, the broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by multiple cells.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink information The modulation mode, in which the modulation and demodulation methods of different cells are the same.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,用于接收锚基站发送的用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点的第三指示信息;确定单元,用于根据第三指示信息,将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is configured to receive, by the anchor The first network access device determines the third indication information of the data transmission node, and the determining unit is configured to determine, according to the third indication information, the first network access device as the data transmission node.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,确定单元,用于确定第一小区对应的资源信息上有数据传输;以及用于将第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the determining unit is configured to determine resource information corresponding to the first cell There is data transmission; and the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is determined as a data transmission node.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收数据传输节点发送的第一小区的调度信息;发送单元,用于在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。With reference to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the data transmission node, a scheduling information of the first cell, where the sending unit is configured to send the scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate the first cell in the multiple cells. The cell remains silent on the scheduling resources.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任一项,在第六方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于通过数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据,发送单元,还用于通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据。With reference to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the anchor by using the data transmission node The data sent by the base station, the sending unit, is further configured to send data to the anchor base station through the data transmission node.
第七方面,数据传输节点确定装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第一方面至第一方面的任一项所描 述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第一方面至第一方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a seventh aspect, the data transfer node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transfer node determining device to perform any of the first aspect to the first aspect described above In the method described, the data transmission node determines the related operations of message processing or control performed on the device side. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the first aspect to the first aspect And related operations sent. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
相应的,第八方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输节点确定装置可以实现第三方面至第三方面的任一项所描述的数据传输节点确定方法。例如,该数据传输节点确定装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。Correspondingly, in an eighth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the third aspect to the third aspect. For example, the data transmission node determining device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
第八方面,该数据传输节点确定装置,包括:确定单元,用于确定第一小区组中第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区;发送单元,用于向第一网络接入设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点。In an eighth aspect, the data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the first cell group includes multiple a cell, the multiple cells include a first cell, and the sending unit is configured to send a first indication to the first network access device, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于通过源数据传输节点向终端设备发送第二指示,第二指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,源数据传输节点为终端设备之前的数据传输节点。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send, by the source data transmission node, a second indication to the terminal device, where the second indication is used to indicate the first network access device It is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于向源数据传输节点发送第三指示,第三指示用于指示源数据传输节点停止数据传输。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send, to the source data transmission node, a third indication, the third The indication is used to instruct the source data transmission node to stop data transmission.
结合第八方面至第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于通过目标数据传输节点向终端设备发送数据,或者,接收单元,还用于通过目标数据传输节点接收终端设备发送的数据。In combination with the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect to the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send, by using the target data transmission node, the terminal device The data, or the receiving unit, is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal device through the target data transmission node.
第九方面,数据传输节点确定装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第三方面至第三方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第三方面至第三方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a ninth aspect, the data transmission node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission node determining means to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the above third to third aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the above third to third aspects. And related operations sent. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
相应的,第十方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输节点确定装置可以实现第二方面至第二方面的任一项所描述的数据传输节点确定方法。例如,该数据传输节点确定装置可以为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。Correspondingly, in a tenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission node determining apparatus can implement the data transmission node determining method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect. For example, the data transmission node determining means may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
第十方面,该装置包括:接收单元,用于接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中每个小区的专用上行资源;发送单元,用于在第一小区组中的第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点为第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备。 In a tenth aspect, the apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive broadcast information that is commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate a dedicated uplink of each of the multiple cells. a sending unit, configured to send uplink information on a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell group, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network access device to which the first cell belongs .
可选的,上行信息的内容可以参见上述第一方面中的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。For example, the content of the uplink information can be referred to the description in the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示每个小区的专用调制解调方式。可选的,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式不相同。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell. Optionally, the modulation and demodulation modes of different cells are different.
结合第十方面至第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该装置,还包括:确定单元,用于确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。With reference to any one of the tenth aspect to the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the device, further comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine the first cell The first network access device to which the first cell in the group belongs is a data transmission node.
可选的,终端设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的方式可以参见上述第一方面的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, for the manner in which the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, refer to the description of the foregoing first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
结合第十方面至第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第十方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源,本申请提供的还包括:接收单元,还用于接收数据传输节点发送的第一小区的调度信息;发送单元,还用于在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。With reference to any one of the tenth aspect to the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate an uplink resource shared by multiple cells, The application further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node, and a sending unit, configured to send scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes The location of the scheduling resource is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
结合第十方面至第十方面的第四种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第十方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据,或者,接收单元,还用于通过数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据。With reference to any one of the tenth aspect to the fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to send data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node Or, the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
第十一方面,数据传输节点确定装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第二方面至第二方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输节点确定装置执行上述第二方面至第二方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输节点确定装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In an eleventh aspect, the data transfer node determining means can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transfer node determining means to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transfer node determining device side in the method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission node determining device to perform the message reception on the data transmission node determining device side in the method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect And related operations sent. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第十二方面,本申请提供的一种数据传输装置,该数据传输装置可以实现第四方面至第四方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。According to a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the fourth aspect to the fourth aspect. For example, the data transmission node device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
第十二方面,该数据传输装置包括:接收单元,用于从数据传输节点接收数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;发送单元,用于在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。In a twelfth aspect, the data transmission apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of a first cell of the data transmission node from the data transmission node; and a sending unit, configured to send scheduling information on an uplink resource shared by the first cell group The first cell group includes a plurality of cells, the plurality of cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the multiple cells remain silent on the scheduling resource. .
在一种可能的设计中,接收单元,还用于通过数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据,或者发送单元,还用于通过数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the anchor base station through the data transmission node, or a sending unit, and is further configured to send data to the anchor base station by using the data transmission node.
第十三方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配 置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第四方面至第四方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第四方面至第四方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a thirteenth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is equipped The operation of the message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above fourth to fourth aspects is supported by the data transmission device. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the method of receiving and transmitting a message on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above fourth to fourth aspects. operating. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种数据传输装置可以实现第五方面至第五方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission apparatus that can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the fifth aspect to the fifth aspect. For example, the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
具体的,第十四方面,该数据传输装置,包括:发送单元,用于向第一小区组中的网络接入设备发送数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;以及用于根据调度信息发送数据;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中除第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。Specifically, the data transmission apparatus includes: a sending unit, configured to send, to the network access device in the first cell group, scheduling information of the first cell of the data transmission node; and configured to send according to the scheduling information Data, where the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, the plurality of cells include the first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells are maintained on the scheduling resource. Silent.
第十五方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第五方面至第五方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第五方面至第五方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a fifteenth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the fifth to fifth aspects above. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the method of receiving and transmitting a message on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the fifth to fifth aspects. operating. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:第一网络接入设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上接收终端设备发送的上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。第一网络接入设备根据上行信息确定为终端设备的数据传输节点。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a first network access device, uplink information sent by a terminal device on an uplink resource shared by multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate the terminal device Data transfer node. The first network access device determines the data transmission node as the terminal device according to the uplink information.
可选的,第十五方面涉及的上行信息的内容可以参考第一方面中的上行信息的内容,本申请在此不再赘述。Optionally, the content of the uplink information related to the fifteenth aspect may be referred to the content of the uplink information in the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,第一网络接入设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上接收终端设备发送的上行信息,包括:第一网络接入设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上接收终端设备以第一小区的专用调制解调方式发送的上行信息或接收终端设备以多个小区共用的调制解调方式发送的上行信息。In conjunction with the sixteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the first network access device receives the uplink information sent by the terminal device on the uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells, including: the first network access The inbound device receives the uplink information sent by the terminal device in the dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell or the uplink information sent by the receiving terminal device in the modulation and demodulation mode shared by the multiple cells on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells.
结合第十六方面或第十六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第十五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:第一网络接入设备向终端设备发送第一小区的调度信息,其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。With reference to the sixteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the method provided by the application further includes: the first network access device to the terminal The device sends the scheduling information of the first cell, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell of the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
结合第十六方面或第十六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第十五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的方法还包括:第一网络接入设备接收网络接入设备发送的数据,以及将网络接入设备发送的数据发送给终端设备。或者,第一网络接入设备接收终端设备发送的数据,以及将终端设备发送的数据发送给网络接入设备。In combination with the sixteenth aspect or the first possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect, the second aspect of the fifteenth aspect In a possible implementation manner, the method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the first network access device, data sent by the network access device, and sending data sent by the network access device to the terminal device. Alternatively, the first network access device receives the data sent by the terminal device, and sends the data sent by the terminal device to the network access device.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:网络接入设备生成共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中共用的上行资源,网络接入设备发送广播信息,通过为多个小区分配共用的上行资源,这样可以实现类似于终端设备向网络接入设备广播的效果,减少了通知的时延,便于各个网络接入设备采取适当的措施,减少干扰。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: a network access device generates broadcast information commonly used for a first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate multiple The uplink resource shared by the cell, the network access device sends the broadcast information, and the shared uplink resource is allocated to the multiple cells, so that the effect similar to the terminal device broadcasting to the network access device can be achieved, and the delay of the notification is reduced. It is convenient for each network access device to take appropriate measures to reduce interference.
结合第十七方面,在第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。In conjunction with the seventeenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
结合第十七方面,在第十七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示多个小区中每个小区的专用调制解调方式。In conjunction with the seventeenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the plurality of cells.
第十八方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:网络接入设备生成广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中每个小区的专用上行资源,网络接入设备发送广播信息,通过为多个小区划分专用上行资源,可以减少小区间的干扰。另外,也可以减少小区标识信息在空口的传递。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: a network access device generating broadcast information, the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate each of the multiple cells. A dedicated uplink resource, the network access device sends broadcast information, and by dividing dedicated uplink resources for multiple cells, interference between cells can be reduced. In addition, the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。In conjunction with the eighteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示多个小区中每个小区的专用调制解调方式。In conjunction with the eighteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the plurality of cells.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示每个小区的专用上行资源。通过指示每个小区的专用上行资源可以减少小区间的干扰。另外,也可以减少小区标识信息在空口的传递。In conjunction with the eighteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation of the eighteenth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each cell. Inter-cell interference can be reduced by indicating dedicated uplink resources for each cell. In addition, the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
第十九方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:第一网络接入设备接收网络接入设备发送的用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点的第一指示,第一网络接入设备根据第一指示,确定为终端设备的目标数据传输节点。In a nineteenth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a first network access device, a first data access node that is sent by a network access device to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device In an indication, the first network access device determines, according to the first indication, a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
结合第十九方面,在第十九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,第一网络接入设备还接收终端设备发送的数据,以及将终端设备发送的数据发送给网络接入设备,或者第一网络接入设备接收网络接入设备发送的数据,以及将网络接入设备发送的数据发送给终端设备。With the nineteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, the first network access device further receives data sent by the terminal device, and sends data sent by the terminal device to the network access device, or The first network access device receives the data sent by the network access device, and sends the data sent by the network access device to the terminal device.
第二十方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定方法,包括:终端设备通过源数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的第二指示,该第二指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,源数据传输节点为终端设备之前的数据传输节点。终端设备通过共用第一小区组的上行资源发送上行信息或者通过第一小区的专用上行资源发送上行信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该上行信息用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点。In a twentieth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining method, including: receiving, by a source data transmission node, a second indication sent by an anchor base station, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a terminal device The target data transmission node, wherein the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device. The terminal device sends the uplink information by using the uplink resource of the first cell group or the uplink information of the first cell, and the first cell group includes multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate that the first network access device is The target data transmission node of the terminal device.
结合第二十方面,在第二十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过共用第一小区组的上行资源发送上行信息或者通过第一小区的专用上行资源发送上行信息之前,本申请提供的方法还包括:终端设备接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该广 播信息用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源,或者每个小区的专用上行资源。With reference to the twentieth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the terminal device sends the uplink information by using the uplink resource of the first cell group or sends the uplink information by using the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell, The method provided by the application further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, broadcast information commonly used for the first cell group, the wide The broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by multiple cells, or dedicated uplink resources of each cell.
结合第二十方面或第二十方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示每个小区的专用调制解调方式,或者共用于多个小区的调制解调方式。With reference to the twentieth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each cell, Or a total of modulation and demodulation methods for multiple cells.
结合第二十方面至第二十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中任一项,在第二十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过目标数据传输节点向锚基站发送数据,或者终端设备通过目标数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的数据。With reference to any one of the twentieth aspect to the first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the terminal device sends the data to the anchor base station by using the target data transmission node Or the terminal device receives the data sent by the anchor base station through the target data transmission node.
第二十一方面,本申请提供一种数据传输方法,包括:网络接入设备接收数据传输节点发送的数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中除第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默,网络接入设备在数据传输节点在该调度资源的位置上发送数据时,保持静默。网络接入设备与其他网络接入设备之间的接口发送调度信息,可以使其他小区在相应的资源位置保持静默,减少对于终端空口传输的干扰。另外,可以节约空口的资源。In a twenty-first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission method, including: receiving, by a network access device, scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node sent by a data transmission node; wherein, the first cell group includes multiple cells, and The cell includes a first cell, and the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells remain silent on the scheduling resource, and the network access device is in the scheduling resource at the data transmission node. Keep silent when sending data on the location. The interface between the network access device and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which enables other cells to remain silent at the corresponding resource locations, reducing interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
第二十二方面,本申请提供的一种数据传输装置,该数据传输装置可以实现第十六方面至第十六方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。According to a twenty-second aspect, the present application provides a data transmission apparatus that can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects. For example, the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
该装置包括:接收单元,用于在多个小区共用的上行资源上接收终端设备发送的上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。确定单元,用于根据上行信息确定为终端设备的数据传输节点,以及中转锚基站和终端设备之间的数据。The apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the terminal device on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device. And a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the uplink information, a data transmission node that is a terminal device, and data between the relay anchor base station and the terminal device.
可选的,第二十二方面涉及的上行信息的内容可以参考第一方面中的上行信息的内容,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the content of the uplink information related to the twenty-second aspect may refer to the content of the uplink information in the first aspect, which is not limited in this application.
结合第二十二方面,在第二十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,具体用于:在多个小区共用的上行资源上接收终端设备以第一小区的专用调制解调方式发送的上行信息或接收终端设备以多个小区共用的调制解调方式发送的上行信息。With reference to the twenty-second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive, by using, a dedicated modulation solution of the first cell by the terminal device on an uplink resource shared by multiple cells The uplink information sent by the modulation mode or the uplink information sent by the terminal device in a modulation and demodulation manner shared by multiple cells.
结合第二十二方面或第二十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二十一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的装置还包括:发送单元,用于向终端设备发送第一小区的调度信息,其中,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。With reference to the twenty-second aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the twenty-second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the twenty-first aspect, the apparatus provided by the application further includes: a sending unit, configured to: The scheduling information of the first cell is sent to the terminal device, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell of the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
第二十三方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十六方面至第十六方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十六方面至第十六方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a twenty-third aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the sixteenth to sixteenth aspects. Related operations. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第二十四方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输装置可以实 现第十七方面至第十七方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a twenty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, where the data transmission apparatus can be implemented The data transmission device described in any one of the seventeenth to seventeenth aspects. For example, the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
该数据传输节点确定装置,包括:生成单元,用于生成共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中共用的上行资源,发送单元,用于发送广播信息。The data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a generating unit, configured to generate broadcast information that is commonly used for the first cell group, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the broadcast information is used to indicate uplink resources shared by the multiple cells, A sending unit, configured to send broadcast information.
结合第二十五方面,在第二十五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。With reference to the twenty-fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same. .
结合第二十五方面,在第二十五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示多个小区中每个小区的专用调制解调方式。With reference to the twenty-fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the twenty-fifth aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of each of the multiple cells.
第二十六方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十七方面至第十七方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十七方面至第十七方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a twenty-sixth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the seventeenth to seventeenth aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the seventeenth to seventeenth aspects. Related operations. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第二十七方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输装置可以实现第十八方面至第十八方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a twenty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects. For example, the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
该数据传输节点确定装置,包括:生成单元,用于生成广播信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区,该广播信息用于指示多个小区中每个小区的专用上行资源,发送单元,用于发送广播信息。The data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a generating unit, configured to generate broadcast information, where the first cell group includes a plurality of cells, where the broadcast information is used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each of the multiple cells, and the sending unit is used by Send broadcast information.
结合第二十七方面,在第二十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。With reference to the twenty-seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twenty-seventh aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation manner in which the terminal device sends the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation modes of the different cells are the same. .
结合第二十七方面,在第二十七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于向终端设备指示多个小区中每个小区的专用调制解调方式。In conjunction with the twenty-seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the twenty-seventh aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate, to the terminal device, a dedicated modulation and demodulation manner of each of the plurality of cells.
结合第二十七方面,在第二十七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示每个小区的专用上行资源。通过指示每个小区的专用上行资源可以减少小区间的干扰。另外,也可以减少小区标识信息在空口的传递。In conjunction with the twenty-seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation of the twenty-seventh aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated uplink resource of each cell. Inter-cell interference can be reduced by indicating dedicated uplink resources for each cell. In addition, the transmission of the cell identification information in the air interface can also be reduced.
第二十八方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十八方面至第十八方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十八方面至第十八方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、 收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a twenty-eighth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the eighteenth to eighteenth aspects. Related operations. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining device may further include a bus, where the memory, The transceiver circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第二十九方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输装置可以实现第十九方面至第十九方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a twenty-ninth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects. For example, the data transmission node device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
第二十九方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,包括:接收单元,用于接收网络接入设备发送的用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点的第一指示,确定单元,用于根据第一指示,确定为终端设备的目标数据传输节点。In a twenty-ninth aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive, by a network access device, a first data transmission node that is used to indicate that the first network access device is a terminal device And an determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication, a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
结合第第二十九方面,在第第二十九面的第一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收终端设备发送的数据,装置还包括:发送单元,用于将终端设备发送的数据发送给网络接入设备,或者接收单元,用于接收网络接入设备发送的数据,发送单元,用于将网络接入设备发送的数据发送给终端设备。In conjunction with the twenty-ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation of the twenty-ninth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive data sent by the terminal device, where the apparatus further includes: a sending unit, configured to: The sent data is sent to the network access device, or the receiving unit is configured to receive data sent by the network access device, and the sending unit is configured to send the data sent by the network access device to the terminal device.
第三十方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十九方面至第十九方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第十九方面至第十九方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a thirtieth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception and transmission on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the nineteenth to nineteenth aspects. Related operations. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第三十一方面,本申请提供一种数据传输节点确定装置,该数据传输装置可以实现第二十方面至第二十方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输节点装置可以为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a thirty-first aspect, the present application provides a data transmission node determining apparatus, which can implement the data transmission apparatus described in any one of the twentieth aspect to the twentieth aspect. For example, the data transmission node device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
该数据传输节点确定装置,包括:接收单元,用于通过源数据传输节点接收锚基站发送的第二指示,该第二指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,源数据传输节点为终端设备之前的数据传输节点。发送单元,用于通过共用第一小区组的上行资源发送上行信息或者通过第一小区的专用上行资源发送上行信息,该第一小区组包括多个小区。The data transmission node determining apparatus includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive, by the source data transmission node, a second indication sent by the anchor base station, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, The source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device. And a sending unit, configured to send uplink information by using an uplink resource that shares the first cell group, or send uplink information by using a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell, where the first cell group includes multiple cells.
结合第三十一方面,在第三十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收共用于第一小区组的广播信息,该广播信息用于指示多个小区共用的上行资源,或者每个小区的专用上行资源。In conjunction with the thirty-first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast information is used to indicate that multiple cells are shared. Uplink resources, or dedicated uplink resources for each cell.
结合第三十一方面或第三十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三十一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,广播信息还用于指示每个小区的专用调制解调方式,或者共用于多个小区的调制解调方式。With reference to the thirty-first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the thirty-first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the thirty-first aspect, the broadcast information is further used to indicate a dedicated modulation solution of each cell. Tuning mode, or common to the modulation and demodulation mode of multiple cells.
第三十二方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第二十方面至第二十方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第二十方面至第二十方面的任 一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a thirty-second aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above-described twentieth to twentieth aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform any of the above twentieth to twentieth aspects A related operation of message reception and transmission is performed on the data transmission device side in a described method. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
第三十三方面,该数据传输装置可以实现第二十一方面至第二十一方面的任一项所描述的数据传输装置。例如,该数据传输装置可以为网络接入设备,或者为设置在网络接入设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a thirty-third aspect, the data transmission device can implement the data transmission device described in any one of the twenty-first aspect to the twenty-first aspect. For example, the data transmission device may be a network access device or a chip disposed in the network access device. The above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
本申请提供一种数据传输装置,包括:接收单元,用于接收数据传输节点发送的数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;其中,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中除第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默,处理单元,用于在数据传输节点在该调度资源的位置上发送数据时,保持静默。网络接入设备与其他网络接入设备之间的接口发送调度信息,可以使其他小区在相应的资源位置保持静默,减少对于终端空口传输的干扰。另外,可以节约空口的资源。The present application provides a data transmission apparatus, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive scheduling information of a first cell of a data transmission node sent by a data transmission node, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the first a cell, the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cells other than the first cell of the plurality of cells remain silent on the scheduling resource, and the processing unit is configured to send, at the location of the scheduling resource, the data transmission node Keep silent while the data is in progress. The interface between the network access device and other network access devices sends scheduling information, which enables other cells to remain silent at the corresponding resource locations, reducing interference to the air interface transmission of the terminal. In addition, you can save resources.
第三十四方面,数据传输装置可以包括至少一个处理器和通信接口。该处理器被配置为支持该数据传输装置执行上述第二十一方面至第二十一方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。该通信接口可以是收发电路,其中,收发电路用于支持该数据传输装置执行上述第二十一方面至第二十一方面的任一项所描述的方法中在该数据传输装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的,该装置还包括存储器,存储器用于与至少一个处理器耦合,其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。可选的,该数据传输节点确定装置还可以包括总线,其中,存储器、收发电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联。In a thirty-fourth aspect, the data transmission device can include at least one processor and a communication interface. The processor is configured to support the data transmission device to perform the related operations of message processing or control performed on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the twenty-first to twenty-first aspects. The communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the data transmission device to perform message reception on the data transmission device side in the method described in any one of the above twenty-first to twenty-first aspects. And related operations sent. Optionally, the apparatus further includes a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device. Optionally, the data transmission node determining apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the transceiver circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质存储有指令,当指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现执行上述任意一种设计提供的数据传输节点确定方法或数据传输方法。The present application also provides a computer readable storage medium storing instructions for causing a computer to implement a data transfer node determining method or a data transfer method provided by any of the above designs when the instructions are run on a computer.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现执行上述任意一种设计提供的数据传输节点确定方法或数据传输方法。The present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to implement a data transfer node determination method or data transfer method provided by any of the above designs.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现执行上述任意一种设计提供的数据传输节点确定方法或数据传输方法。The present application also provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to implement a data transfer node determination method or data transfer method provided by any of the above designs.
第三十五方面,本申请提供一种芯片系统,应用于终端设备中,芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联,处理器用于运行指令,以执行第一方面任一项、第二十方面任一项、第二方面任一项、第四方面任一项所描述的方法。In a thirty-fifth aspect, the present application provides a chip system for use in a terminal device, the chip system including at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction to execute The method of any one of the first aspect, any one of the twentieth aspect, any one of the second aspect, or the fourth aspect.
第三十六方面,本申请提供一种芯片系统,应用于网络接入设备中,芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联,处理器用于运行指令,以执行第三方面任一项、第五方面任一项、第十六方面任一项、第十七方面任一项,第十八方面任意一项、以及第十九方面所描述的方法。In a thirty-sixth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, which is applied to a network access device, where the chip system includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to run the instruction. The method described in any one of the third aspect, the fifth aspect, the sixteenth aspect, the seventeenth aspect, the eighteenth aspect, and the nineteenth aspect.
可选的,本申请中的芯片系统还包括该至少一个存储器,该至少一个存储器中存 储有指令。Optionally, the chip system in this application further includes the at least one memory, where the at least one memory is stored There are instructions stored.
第三十七方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如上述任意一方面所描述的终端设备以及上述任意一方面所描述的网络接入设备。In a thirty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication system comprising the terminal device as described in any of the above aspects and the network access device described in any of the above aspects.
在一个可能的设计中,该系统还可以包括本发明实施例提供的方案中与终端设备,或者网络接入设备进行交互的其他设备。In a possible design, the system may further include other devices that interact with the terminal device or the network access device in the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统架构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本申请实施例中接入网的结构示意图之一;2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例中接入网的结构示意图之二;3 is a second schematic structural diagram of an access network in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输节点确定方法流程示意图一;4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a method for determining a data transmission node according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的第一小区组内资源的分布的一种示例示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of resource distribution in a first cell group according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输节点确定方法流程示意图二;FIG. 5b is a schematic flowchart 2 of a method for determining a data transmission node according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请提供的一种场景示意图一;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 1 of a scenario provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的一种场景示意图二;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario provided by the present application;
图8为本申请提供的一种场景示意图三;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram 3 of a scenario provided by the present application;
图9为本申请提供的一种场景示意图四;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram 4 of a scenario provided by the present application; FIG.
图10为本申请提供的一种场景示意图五;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram 5 of a scenario provided by the present application;
图11为本申请提供的一种场景示意图六;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram 6 of a scenario provided by the present application;
图12为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图一;12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal device provided by the present application;
图13为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图二;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a terminal device provided by the present application; FIG.
图14为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图三;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a terminal device provided by the present application; FIG.
图15为本申请提供的一种网络接入设备的结构示意图一;15 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a network access device provided by the present application;
图16为本申请提供的一种网络接入设备的结构示意图二;16 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a network access device provided by the present application;
图17为本申请提供的一种网络接入设备的结构示意图三;17 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a network access device provided by the present application;
图18为本申请提供的一种芯片系统结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请提供一种数据传输节点选择和装置,用以提高终端设备在多个小区移动过程中的通信质量。其中,方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的,由于方法及设备解决问题的原理相似,因此设备与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The present application provides a data transmission node selection and apparatus for improving communication quality of a terminal device during a plurality of cell movements. The method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
以下,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some of the terms in the present application will be explained to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如,终端包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,终端可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等),车载设备(例如,汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火 车、高铁等)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(例如,冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(例如,智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等。本申请一种可能的应用的场景为终端设备的高度满足预设条件或终端设备处于预设的飞行状态,上述高度可以为终端设备相对于地面的高度,也可以为海拔高度,或者其他形式的高度。在本申请中,为了便于叙述,部署在上述设备中的芯片,或者芯片系统也可以称为终端设备。1) Terminal equipment, which is a wireless transceiver function, can be deployed on land, indoors or outdoors, handheld or on-board; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft). , balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal device is also referred to as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal (MT), etc., and is a voice and/or data connectivity provided to the user. device. For example, the terminal includes a handheld device having a wireless connection function, an in-vehicle device, and the like. Currently, the terminal can be: a mobile phone, a tablet, a laptop, a palmtop, a mobile internet device (MID), a wearable device (such as a smart watch, a smart bracelet, a pedometer, etc.). Vehicle equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, fire Vehicles, high-speed rails, etc., virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, smart home equipment (eg, refrigerators, televisions, air conditioners, electric meters) Etc.), intelligent robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety A wireless terminal in a wireless terminal, a smart terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, a flying device (for example, an intelligent robot, a hot air balloon, a drone, an airplane). A possible application scenario of the present application is that the height of the terminal device satisfies a preset condition or the terminal device is in a preset flight state, and the height may be a height of the terminal device relative to the ground, or may be an altitude, or other forms. height. In the present application, for convenience of description, a chip deployed in the above device, or a chip system may also be referred to as a terminal device.
本申请中,为便于描述,可将终端设备划分为两类:(1)地面终端设备,即为经常工作在地面的终端设备;(2)无人机设备,即为经常工作在空中的终端设备。如下图1所示的系统架构中,第一终端设备1021、第二终端设备1022为地面终端设备,第三终端设备1023为无人机设备。本申请提供的数据传输节点选择的方法可适用于任一种终端设备,下文中主要以无人机设备为例进行描述。In the present application, for convenience of description, the terminal device can be divided into two categories: (1) a ground terminal device, that is, a terminal device that frequently works on the ground; and (2) a drone device, that is, a terminal that frequently works in the air. device. In the system architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the first terminal device 1021 and the second terminal device 1022 are ground terminal devices, and the third terminal device 1023 is a drone device. The method for selecting a data transmission node provided by the present application can be applied to any type of terminal device. The following mainly describes the unmanned device as an example.
2)网络接入设备,为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。目前,网络接入设备的举例为:下一代基站(next generation node Basestation,gNB),例如,新空口(new radio,NR)基站(Node B,NB)或者5G基站、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。2) The network access device, which is a node in the radio access network, may also be referred to as a base station, a radio access network (RAN) node (or device). Currently, an example of a network access device is: a next generation base station (gNB), for example, a new radio (NR) base station (Node B, NB) or a 5G base station, and a transmission reception point. , TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point ( Access point, AP), etc.
3)第一小区组,地面上多个小区(例如,如下图1所述的小区1、小区2和小区3)在空中的覆盖由于空中视距传输(line of sight,LOS)径的影响可能会有更多的重叠覆盖、碎片化覆盖以及越区覆盖,从而导致终端设备在空中覆盖下进行通信时干扰严重,还可以导致切换频繁等问题,为了减少干扰,可以将多个小区形成的一个覆盖区域划分为一个大的覆盖区域,本发明实施例可以称该大的覆盖区域为第一小区组,或者称之为虚拟小区(virtual cell,Vcell),或者称之为超级小区,所述名称本申请不限定。3) The first cell group, the coverage of multiple cells on the ground (for example, cell 1, cell 2 and cell 3 as described in FIG. 1 below) may be affected by the line of sight (LOS) path. There will be more overlapping coverage, fragmentation coverage and cross-region coverage, which may cause serious interference when the terminal equipment communicates under air coverage, and may also cause frequent handover problems. In order to reduce interference, one of the multiple cells may be formed. The coverage area is divided into a large coverage area. In this embodiment of the present invention, the large coverage area may be referred to as a first cell group, or a virtual cell (Vcell), or a super cell. This application is not limited.
需要说明的是,本申请中第一小区组内的多个小区所属的网络接入设备之间具有理想回程线路(即理想backhaul),或者具有非理想backhaul,对于理想backhaul的方式本发明实施例不限定。该多个小区所属的网络接入设备之间可以通过接口通信,例如,X2接口通信。It should be noted that, in the present application, the network access devices to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong have an ideal backhaul line (ie, an ideal backhaul), or have a non-ideal backhaul. Not limited. The network access devices to which the plurality of cells belong may communicate through an interface, for example, an X2 interface.
4)锚基站和数据传输节点,本申请中的锚基站又可以称为主网络接入设备、主基站、锚网络接入设备。数据传输节点是指第一小区组内除锚基站之外的网络接入设备,也可以称为辅基站或者辅网络接入设备。4) Anchor base station and data transmission node, the anchor base station in this application may also be referred to as a primary network access device, a primary base station, and an anchor network access device. The data transmission node refers to a network access device other than the anchor base station in the first cell group, and may also be referred to as a secondary base station or a secondary network access device.
其中,第一小区组内的多个小区所属的网络接入设备包括一个锚基站和至少一个 数据传输节点,其中,锚基站可以用于生成第一小区组内的广播信息,该锚基站与核心网有数据面和控制面的连接。例如,在4G通信系统中,接入网与核心网之间通过S1接口连接,锚基站是接入网侧的S1接口节点的接入点。在5G通信系统中,接入网与核心网之间通过NG连接(NG connection),锚基站是接入网侧NG connection的接入点。锚基站中存储有终端设备的相关信息,例如标识信息,锚基站可以根据终端设备的相关信息,在接收到核心网发送给终端设备的数据或者信令之后,将数据或者信令通过数据传输节点传输给终端设备。对于第一小区组内的任一个终端设备,锚基站执行分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层功能,而数据传输节点不执行PDCP层功能,或者锚基站也可以执行PDCP层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层功能,而数据传输节点可以不执行PDCP层、RLC层的功能,或者锚基站也可以执行PDCP层、RLC层、介质访问控制(media access control,MAC)层功能,而数据传输节点可以不执行PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层的功能,或者锚基站也可以执行PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层(Physical sublayer,PHY)层功能,而数据传输节点可以不执行PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、PHY层的功能。于此,以锚基站执行PDCP层功能,数据传输节点不执行PDCP层功能为例,对于下行方向,锚基站生成下行PDCP协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU),并向数据传输节点发送下行PDCP PDU,数据传输节点的RLC层将收到的下行PDCP PDU转发给终端设备。对于上行方向,数据传输节点接收终端设备发送的上行PDCP PDU,将收到的上行PDCP PDU发送给锚基站,锚基站对收到的上行PDCP PDU进行处理,本申请中的数据传输节点的功能相同,可以只具有数据传输的功能。The network access device to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong includes an anchor base station and at least one A data transmission node, wherein the anchor base station is configured to generate broadcast information in the first cell group, and the anchor base station has a data plane and a control plane connection with the core network. For example, in a 4G communication system, an access network is connected to a core network through an S1 interface, and an anchor base station is an access point of an S1 interface node on the access network side. In the 5G communication system, the NG connection is performed between the access network and the core network, and the anchor base station is an access point of the NG connection on the access network side. The anchor base station stores related information of the terminal device, for example, identification information, and the anchor base station may, according to the related information of the terminal device, pass the data or signaling to the data transmission node after receiving the data or signaling sent by the core network to the terminal device. Transfer to the terminal device. For any one of the terminal devices in the first cell group, the anchor base station performs a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer function, and the data transmission node does not perform the PDCP layer function, or the anchor base station can also perform the PDCP layer and the wireless layer. The function of the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the data transmission node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer or the RLC layer, or the anchor base station may also perform the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, and the media access control (MAC). Layer function, and the data transmission node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, and the MAC layer, or the anchor base station may also perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer (PHY) layer, and the data transmission The node may not perform the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. For example, the anchor base station performs the PDCP layer function, and the data transmission node does not perform the PDCP layer function. For the downlink direction, the anchor base station generates a downlink PDCP protocol data unit (PDU), and sends a downlink PDCP to the data transmission node. The PDU, the RLC layer of the data transmission node forwards the received downlink PDCP PDU to the terminal device. For the uplink direction, the data transmission node receives the uplink PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device, and sends the received uplink PDCP PDU to the anchor base station, and the anchor base station processes the received uplink PDCP PDU. The data transmission node in this application has the same function. Can only have the function of data transmission.
可选的,该数据传输节点通常情况下与核心网之间可以没有数据面和控制面连接。Optionally, the data transmission node usually has no data plane and control plane connection with the core network.
一个第一小区组可以为多个终端设备服务。一种可能的实现方式中,一个第一小区组可能只有一个锚基站,锚基站是固定的,不随终端设备的位置的移动而改变,该第一小区组内的所有终端设备都可以通过这个锚基站管理。另一种可能的实现方式中,在第一小区组的覆盖范围内,每个终端设备都有自己的锚基站,所以一个第一小区组内可以存在多个锚基站。一个终端设备在该第一小区组的锚基站可以在终端设备最初接入这个第一小区组时确定,通常确定后,该终端设备在该第一小区组的锚基站不会再发生改变。在例外情况下,例如锚基站发生故障,或者负载过大的情况下,可以选择另一个网络接入设备作为锚基站。A first cell group can serve multiple terminal devices. In a possible implementation manner, a first cell group may have only one anchor base station, and the anchor base station is fixed, and does not change with the location of the terminal device, and all terminal devices in the first cell group can pass the anchor. Base station management. In another possible implementation manner, each terminal device has its own anchor base station within the coverage of the first cell group, so multiple anchor base stations may exist in one first cell group. The anchor base station of the first cell group in the first cell group may be determined when the terminal device initially accesses the first cell group. After the terminal device is normally determined, the anchor station of the terminal device group in the first cell group does not change. In exceptional cases, such as when the anchor base station fails or the load is too large, another network access device can be selected as the anchor base station.
本申请中的锚基站可以通过以下方式确定:方式(一),当终端设备可以同步到物理小区,并读取了多个物理小区的广播信息,终端设备可以根据广播信息先接入到一个物理小区A,所述终端设备处于连接态(connect),物理小区A所属的网络接入设备便可以作为锚基站,此外,该锚基站便可以使用下述规则构建第一小区组,然后终端设备便可以读取第一小区组的广播信息。在第一小区组有一个新的同步信号(该同步信息用于终端设备同步至第一小区组中的每个小区),第一小区组内的多个小区所属的网络接入设备周期性的发送该同步信号,那么还可以通过方式(二)确定锚基站,方式(二),若终端设备处于空闲(idle)态,这时终端设备通过同步到第一小区组,终端设备同步后读取第一小区组的广播信息(第一小区组的广播信息的具体内容可以参见下述描述),以及根据广播信息中的随机接入资源随机接入到第一小区组内 的一个小区A。其中,小区A可以是终端设备根据第一小区组内多个小区的信号参考质量参数来选择的,此时,终端设备所接入的小区A所属的网络接入设备为数据传输节点,也即锚基站,其中第一小区组可以是静态配置好的。The anchor base station in the present application can be determined in the following manner: (1), when the terminal device can synchronize to the physical cell and read the broadcast information of the multiple physical cells, the terminal device can first access the physical device according to the broadcast information. In the cell A, the terminal device is in a connected state, and the network access device to which the physical cell A belongs can be used as an anchor base station. In addition, the anchor base station can construct the first cell group by using the following rules, and then the terminal device The broadcast information of the first cell group can be read. There is a new synchronization signal in the first cell group (the synchronization information is used for the terminal device to synchronize to each cell in the first cell group), and the network access device to which the multiple cells in the first cell group belong is periodically. If the synchronization signal is sent, the anchor base station may be determined by the mode (2), and the mode (2) is obtained. If the terminal device is in an idle state, the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell group, and the terminal device synchronizes and reads. The broadcast information of the first cell group (the specific content of the broadcast information of the first cell group can be referred to the following description), and the random access resource in the broadcast information is randomly accessed into the first cell group. One cell A. The cell A may be selected by the terminal device according to the signal reference quality parameter of the multiple cells in the first cell group. At this time, the network access device to which the cell A accessed by the terminal device belongs is a data transmission node, that is, Anchoring the base station, wherein the first group of cells may be statically configured.
需要说明的是,对于终端设备可以同步到物理小区,但终端设备却无法读取物理小区的广播信息,或者物理小区的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)可靠性低,读取物理小区的广播信息的可靠性也就降低,则此时需要让物理小区所属网络接入设备发送第一小区组的广播信息,从而让终端设备同步到第一小区组读取第一小区组的广播信息并随机接入到所述第一小区组。具体的,一方面,第一小区组的广播信息可以在现有的主信息块(master information block,MIB)资源上发送,如现有的MIB上空出一块RB(resource block,资源块)为特定的终端设备(如,无人机设备)使用,除无人机设备之外的其他终端设备不使用。另一方面,如果是PDCCH可靠性低的场景下,第一小区组的广播信息可以是在新增的一个系统消息广播(system information broadcast,SIB)中传输,新增的SIB是为特定终端设备使用的,普通终端不使用,或者,所述第一小区组的广播信息直接在所述物理小区所属的网络接入设备的专有信令如RRC消息中发送。It should be noted that the terminal device can be synchronized to the physical cell, but the terminal device cannot read the broadcast information of the physical cell, or the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of the physical cell has low reliability and reads the physics. The reliability of the broadcast information of the cell is also reduced. In this case, the network access device to which the physical cell belongs needs to send the broadcast information of the first cell group, so that the terminal device synchronizes to the first cell group to read the broadcast of the first cell group. Information is randomly accessed to the first group of cells. Specifically, on the one hand, the broadcast information of the first cell group may be sent on an existing master information block (MIB) resource, for example, an RB (resource block) is vacant on the existing MIB. Terminal devices (eg, drone devices) are used, and other terminal devices other than drone devices are not used. On the other hand, if the PDCCH has low reliability, the broadcast information of the first cell group may be transmitted in a new system information broadcast (SIB), and the newly added SIB is a specific terminal device. The broadcast information of the first cell group is directly sent in the dedicated signaling of the network access device to which the physical cell belongs, such as an RRC message.
5)共用资源和专用资源的定义,本申请中将第一小区组的传输资源分为共用资源和专用资源,共用资源用于终端设备和各个小区联合收发信号时使用,专用资源用于终端设备和第一小区组中的单个小区收发信号时使用。由于锚基站和第一小区组内的其余网络接入设备可能存在协作时延,因此,共用资源可用于在多个网络接入设备协调好发送时刻后,由多个网络接入设备联合发送,例如发送同步信道、广播信道等公共信道;而专用资源可用于由单个小区单独发送一些对时延要求较高的用户数据。5) The definition of the shared resource and the dedicated resource. In the present application, the transmission resource of the first cell group is divided into a shared resource and a dedicated resource, and the shared resource is used when the terminal device and each cell jointly send and receive signals, and the dedicated resource is used for the terminal device. Used when transmitting and receiving signals with a single cell in the first cell group. Since the anchor base station and the remaining network access devices in the first cell group may have a cooperative delay, the shared resource may be used to jointly send the multiple network access devices after the multiple network access devices coordinate the sending time. For example, a common channel such as a synchronization channel or a broadcast channel is transmitted; and dedicated resources can be used to separately transmit some user data with high delay requirements by a single cell.
6)保持静默可以有以下的理解:a)、不发送数据;或者,b)、以低功率发送数据;所述低功率是指小于预设阈值的功率,该预设阈值可以由标准定义,或者由各个网络接入设备之间进行协商,或者,c)、仅发送参考信号。6) Keep silent can have the following understandings: a), no data is sent; or, b), transmitting data at low power; the low power refers to power less than a preset threshold, which can be defined by a standard, Either negotiation is performed between the respective network access devices, or c), only the reference signal is transmitted.
本申请中的第一小区组可以由终端设备确定,也可以由锚基站确定之后通知终端设备,本申请对此不进行限定。The first cell group in the present application may be determined by the terminal device, and may also be notified by the anchor base station and then notified to the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
具体的,本申请中第一小区组可以通过如下规则构建:Specifically, the first cell group in this application can be constructed by the following rules:
规则一(静态),按照预设规则预先确定第一小区组,例如,该预设规则可以为根据多个物理小区(physical cell,Pcell)的位置关系预先确定第一小区组,例如,小区1、小区2和小区3为位置相邻的三个小区,因此,可预先确定小区1、小区2和小区3构成一个第一小区组。此种情形下,第一小区组包括的各个小区通常是固定的,不会发生变化,不同第一小区组包括的小区的个数可以相同也可以不同,具体不做限定。本申请中,若终端设备的飞行路线是预先确定,则也可以根据终端设备的飞行路线,结合物理小区的位置关系来预先确定第一小区组。Rule 1 (static), the first cell group is determined in advance according to a preset rule. For example, the preset rule may be a predetermined first cell group according to a location relationship of a plurality of physical cells (Pcells), for example, cell 1 The cell 2 and the cell 3 are three cells adjacent to each other. Therefore, it can be determined that the cell 1, the cell 2, and the cell 3 constitute a first cell group. In this case, the cells included in the first cell group are usually fixed and do not change. The number of the cells included in the first cell group may be the same or different, and is not limited. In the present application, if the flight path of the terminal device is predetermined, the first cell group may be determined in advance according to the flight path of the terminal device and the location relationship of the physical cell.
规则二(动态),将多个小区中参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)强度满足预设RSRP要求的小区确定为第一小区组,或者将多个小区中路损满足预设路损要求的小区确定为第一小区组。在这种情况下第一小区组可以是终端设备确定的,也可以是多个小区向为终端设备服务的服务小区反馈上行测量结果,由服务小区选取若干小区(比如可选取与终端设备的通信信号质量较好的若干个小区)构成 一个第一小区组。此种情形下,第一小区组包括的小区可随时间和终端设备的不同而发生动态变化。Rule 2 (dynamic), the cells in which the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) strength of the plurality of cells meets the preset RSRP requirement are determined as the first cell group, or the path loss in the plurality of cells meets the preset path loss. The required cell is determined to be the first cell group. In this case, the first cell group may be determined by the terminal device, or multiple cells may feed back the uplink measurement result to the serving cell serving the terminal device, and the serving cell selects several cells (for example, the communication with the terminal device may be selected. a number of cells with good signal quality) A first group of cells. In this case, the cells included in the first cell group may dynamically change with time and terminal equipment.
规则三(半静态),首先,按照上述规则一确定一个第二小区组,其次,终端设备接入到该第二小区组内的一个网络接入设备A,然后,该网络接入设备A根据终端设备上报的下行测量调整第二小区组内的小区。具体的,网络接入设备A可以根据终端设备的邻区的信号质量参数,将干扰强度满足预设要求的小区加入到第二小区组内,以形成第一小区组,或者将第二小区组内干扰强度不满足预设要求的小区从第二小区组内除去,以形成第一小区组,但是,通常情况下,这个调整过程的速率可以由网络接入设备决定,且网络接入设备会将最终形成的第一小区组通知给终端设备。Rule 3 (semi-static), first, a second cell group is determined according to the above rule 1, and second, the terminal device accesses a network access device A in the second cell group, and then the network access device A is The downlink measurement reported by the terminal device adjusts the cell in the second cell group. Specifically, the network access device A may add a cell whose interference strength meets the preset requirement to the second cell group according to the signal quality parameter of the neighboring cell of the terminal device, to form the first cell group, or the second cell group. A cell whose internal interference strength does not meet the preset requirement is removed from the second cell group to form a first cell group. However, in general, the rate of the adjustment process may be determined by the network access device, and the network access device may Notifying the terminal device that is finally formed to the terminal device.
无论第一小区组是预配置的或者由锚基站为终端设备构建的,当第一小区组确定之后,第一小区组通常会发送广播信息,该广播信息可以由第一小区组内的其中任一小区所属的网络接入设备发送,或者,该广播信息可以由第一小区组内的多个小区联合发送,当联合发送时,这样可以提高终端设备所接收到的广播信息的可靠性。Regardless of whether the first cell group is pre-configured or constructed by the anchor base station for the terminal device, after the first cell group is determined, the first cell group usually sends broadcast information, and the broadcast information may be used by the first cell group. The network access device to which the cell belongs is sent, or the broadcast information may be jointly sent by multiple cells in the first cell group. When jointly transmitting, the reliability of the broadcast information received by the terminal device may be improved.
其中,联合发送是指第一小区组内每个小区所属的网络接入设备同时发送广播信息。The joint sending means that the network access device to which each cell in the first cell group belongs simultaneously transmits broadcast information.
由于,每个小区所属的网络接入设备广播的广播信息可能内容相同,因此多个小区所属的网络接入设备之间可以协调发送广播信息的控制信道资源信息,以及广播信息的内容。Because the broadcast information broadcast by the network access device to which each cell belongs may be the same content, the network access devices to which the multiple cells belong may coordinate the control channel resource information of the broadcast information and the content of the broadcast information.
其中,不同小区发送广播信息的新控制信道的时频资源位置不同,这样可以避免各个小区之间控制信道的干扰,各个小区所属的网络接入设备协商的广播信息的内容,例如可以为:Iot信息、RS功率、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH资源等。The time-frequency resource location of the new control channel in which the broadcast information is sent by different cells is different, so that the interference of the control channel between the cells can be avoided, and the content of the broadcast information negotiated by the network access device to which the cell belongs can be, for example, Iot. Information, RS power, physical random access channel (PRACH resource, etc.).
具体的,多个小区所属的网络接入设备可以通过X2接口交互以进行协调,具体的可以在X2 setup等现有X2的消息中交互,或者也可以在新的X2接口交互,本发明实施例不限定。Specifically, the network access device to which the multiple cells belong may be coordinated through the X2 interface, and may be in the existing X2 message, such as an X2 setup, or may be interacted on the new X2 interface. Not limited.
其中,所述广播信息可以是通过现有的广播信道发送,也可以是通过其他现有技术发送,本发明实施例此处不限定。这样终端设备便可以根据所接收到的广播信息接入到该第一小区组内的任一成员小区,具体的,广播信息包括第一小区组内的多个小区的相关信息。The broadcast information may be sent by using an existing broadcast channel, or may be sent by other existing technologies, and is not limited herein. In this way, the terminal device can access any member cell in the first cell group according to the received broadcast information. Specifically, the broadcast information includes related information of multiple cells in the first cell group.
此外,为了保证第一小区组内每个小区所属的网络接入设备同时广播,每个小区所属的网络接入设备之间还需要协调广播信息发送的第一资源信息,例如,每个小区所属的网络接入设备发送广播信息的第一资源信息相同。In addition, in order to ensure that the network access devices to which each cell in the first cell group belongs are simultaneously broadcast, the network access devices to which each cell belongs need to coordinate the first resource information that is sent by the broadcast information, for example, each cell belongs to The first resource information of the network access device transmitting the broadcast information is the same.
具体的,所述广播信息中包括的多个小区的相关信息的获取方式为两种:Specifically, the information about the multiple cells included in the broadcast information is obtained in two ways:
方式一:运行管理和维护(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)为多个小区所属的网络接入设备进行配置,或者其他预配置的方法,本申请不限定。The first method: the operation management and maintenance (OAM) is configured for the network access device to which the multiple cells belong, or other pre-configured methods, which are not limited in this application.
方式二:由多个小区所属的网络接入设备发送给锚基站,具体的可以通过所述多个小区所属的网络接入设备与锚基站之间的接口来发送,如X2接口,或者也可以采用其他已有接口来发送,本申请不限定。以锚基站为网络接入设备a为例,网络接入设备a可以通过接收网络接入设备b和网络接入设备c分别发送的第一消息来生成广 播信息,其中,网络接入设备b发送的第一消息中可以包括小区b1的相关信息,网络接入设备c发送的第一消息中可以包括小区c1、小区c2和小区c3的相关信息。若多个小区中包括区a1、小区b1、小区c1和小区c3,则网络接入设备c发送的第一消息中也可以仅包括小区c1和小区c3的相关信息,而不包括小区c2的相关信息。Manner 2: The network access device to which the multiple cells belong is sent to the anchor base station, and may be sent through an interface between the network access device and the anchor base station to which the multiple cells belong, such as an X2 interface, or It is sent by using other existing interfaces, and the application is not limited. Taking the anchor base station as the network access device a as an example, the network access device a can generate the wide message by receiving the first message sent by the network access device b and the network access device c respectively. The first information sent by the network access device b may include related information of the cell b1, and the first message sent by the network access device c may include related information of the cell c1, the cell c2, and the cell c3. If the plurality of cells include the area a1, the cell b1, the cell c1, and the cell c3, the first message sent by the network access device c may only include related information of the cell c1 and the cell c3, and does not include the correlation of the cell c2. information.
本申请中,也可以是三个或三个以上网络接入设备可以交互各个小区的相关信息,从而使得三个设备均可获得多个小区的相关信息。In this application, three or more network access devices may also exchange related information of each cell, so that all three devices can obtain related information of multiple cells.
具体的,广播信息包括第一小区组内各个小区的资源配置情况及小区信息,广播信息的用途也可以有多种可能的情形,具体来说,广播信息的用途可以由以下任一项或任意内容进行组合确定:(1)、每个小区的参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)资源信息。(2)、每个小区的随机接入资源信息。(3)、每个小区的控制信道资源信息。(4)、每个小区的信息,如小区的标识(如物理小区标识PCI)等。(5)、每个小区的下行广播消息发送的第一资源信息。(6)、终端设备向每个小区发送上行信息的第二资源信息。(7)、终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式。(8)、每个小区的干扰比噪声(interference over thermal,IoT)信息。(9)、每个小区的参考信号的发射功率。(10)、每个小区的干扰噪声Iot的加权值。(11)、每个小区的路径损耗的加权值。(12)、每个小区的数据信道资源信息。(13)、每个小区的协议层配置,协议层配置包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、PHY层的至少一层的配置,具体的,配置内容可以参考现有长期演进(Long term evolution,LTE)双连接(dual connectivity,DC),本发明实施例不再赘述。Specifically, the broadcast information includes resource configuration information and cell information of each cell in the first cell group, and the use of the broadcast information may also have multiple possible scenarios. Specifically, the use of the broadcast information may be any one of the following or any The content is combined and determined: (1) Reference signal (RS) resource information of each cell. (2) Random access resource information of each cell. (3) Control channel resource information of each cell. (4) Information of each cell, such as an identifier of a cell (such as a physical cell identifier PCI). (5) The first resource information sent by the downlink broadcast message of each cell. (6) The terminal device sends the second resource information of the uplink information to each cell. (7) A modulation and demodulation method in which the terminal device transmits uplink information. (8) Interference over thermal (IoT) information of each cell. (9) The transmission power of the reference signal of each cell. (10) Weighted value of the interference noise Iot of each cell. (11) Weighted value of path loss for each cell. (12) Data channel resource information of each cell. (13), the protocol layer configuration of each cell, the protocol layer configuration includes a configuration of at least one layer of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer. Specifically, the configuration content may refer to the existing long term evolution (Long term evolution, LTE) dual connectivity (DC), which is not described in the embodiment of the present invention.
下面分别对上述几种信息分别进行具体介绍。The above several kinds of information are separately introduced separately.
(a)、每个小区的参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)资源信息(a) Reference signal (RS) resource information of each cell
格式为:多个小区标识对应正交的参考信号资源,如表1所示;其中,小区标识可以是物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)或者全球小区识别码(cell global identification,CGI)等能够唯一标示各个小区的信息,或者也可以是预先分配给各个小区的不同标识,并将标识对应表广播给终端设备。The format is: multiple cell identifiers corresponding to orthogonal reference signal resources, as shown in Table 1; wherein the cell identifier may be a physical cell identifier (PCI) or a global cell identification (CGI), etc. The information of each cell can be uniquely indicated, or can be a different identifier pre-assigned to each cell, and the identifier correspondence table is broadcast to the terminal device.
表1:广播信息包括的多个小区的参考信号资源信息示例Table 1: Example of reference signal resource information of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
分组序号Packet number 参考信号资源信息Reference signal resource information
小区标识1Cell ID 1 参考信号资源1Reference signal resource 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 参考信号资源2Reference signal resource 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 参考信号资源3 Reference signal resource 3
本申请中,参考信号可以是一个确知的信号序列,在确定的资源信息(例如,时频资源位置)发送,也可以是从地面各个小区的原来的参考信号中选择的一个子集或者全集,只需要保证各个小区的参考信号是正交的即可,该正交关系可以是时域、频域或者码域上正交。终端设备可以通过检测该参考信号的强度判断哪个小区的信号质量更好,以选择信号质量满足要求的小区所属的网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。In the present application, the reference signal may be a known signal sequence, which is sent in the determined resource information (for example, a time-frequency resource location), or may be a subset or a complete set selected from the original reference signals of the respective cells on the ground. It is only necessary to ensure that the reference signals of the respective cells are orthogonal, and the orthogonal relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain, the frequency domain or the code domain. The terminal device can determine which cell has better signal quality by detecting the strength of the reference signal, and select a network access device to which the cell whose signal quality meets the requirement belongs as a data transmission node.
(b)、每个小区的随机接入资源信息(b) Random access resource information of each cell
格式为:多个小区标识对应正交的随机接入资源,如表2所示。The format is: multiple cell identifiers correspond to orthogonal random access resources, as shown in Table 2.
表2:广播信息包括的每个小区的随机接入资源信息示例Table 2: Example of random access resource information for each cell included in the broadcast information
分组序号Packet number 随机接入资源信息Random access resource information
小区标识1Cell ID 1 随机接入资源1Random access resource 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 随机接入资源2Random access resource 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 随机接入资源3 Random access resource 3
本申请中,随机接入资源可以与地面各个小区原来的随机接入资源不同,或者,也可以是从地面各个小区原来的随机接入资源中选择的一个子集或者全集,只需要保证多个小区的随机接入资源是正交的,进一步的,所述随机接入资源可以是基于时域不同来分组,也可以是基于频域不同来分组,或者是基于码域不同来分组,该正交关系可以是时域、频域或者码域上正交。终端设备可以根据不同小区的随机接入资源接入到不同小区。In this application, the random access resource may be different from the original random access resource of each cell on the ground, or may be a subset or a complete set selected from the original random access resources of each cell on the ground, and only need to guarantee multiple The random access resources of the cell are orthogonal. Further, the random access resources may be grouped based on different time domains, may be grouped based on different frequency domains, or may be grouped based on different code domains. The intersection relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain, the frequency domain, or the code domain. The terminal device can access different cells according to random access resources of different cells.
(c)、每个小区的控制信道资源信息(c) Control channel resource information of each cell
格式为:多个小区标识对应正交的控制信道资源,如表3所示。The format is: multiple cell identifiers correspond to orthogonal control channel resources, as shown in Table 3.
表3:广播信息包括的多个小区的控制信道资源信息示例Table 3: Example of control channel resource information of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
分组序号Packet number 控制信道资源信息Control channel resource information
小区标识1Cell ID 1 控制信道资源1Control channel resource 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 控制信道资源2Control channel resource 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 控制信道资源3 Control channel resource 3
本申请中,各个小区的控制信道资源是正交的,即相互之间没有干扰。该正交关系可以是时域或者频域上正交。终端设备可以根据不同小区对应的控制信道资源信息,获取小区的新的控制信道的第一时频资源位置,从而在新的控制信道的位置上接收并解调出小区的控制信息,进而接收该小区的数据调度和控制,其中,多个小区中不同小区的新控制信道的第一时频资源位置均不同。需要说明的是,每个小区的新控制信道的时频资源位置的配置可以由锚基站配置后通过X2口通知第一小区组内的其他小区,或者其他集中节点配置,本发明实施例不限定。例如,所述控制信道资源为下行控制信道资源。In the present application, the control channel resources of each cell are orthogonal, that is, there is no interference between them. The orthogonal relationship may be orthogonal in the time domain or in the frequency domain. The terminal device may acquire the first time-frequency resource location of the new control channel of the cell according to the control channel resource information corresponding to the different cell, thereby receiving and demodulating the control information of the cell at the location of the new control channel, and further receiving the The data scheduling and control of the cell, wherein the first time-frequency resource locations of the new control channels of different cells in the multiple cells are different. It should be noted that, the configuration of the time-frequency resource location of the new control channel of each cell may be configured by the anchor base station, and then the other cells in the first cell group are notified through the X2 interface, or other centralized node configurations, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. . For example, the control channel resource is a downlink control channel resource.
(d)、每个小区的参考信号的发射功率(d), the transmit power of the reference signal of each cell
格式为:每个小区标识所对应的实际的参考信号的发送功率,如表4所示。The format is: the transmission power of the actual reference signal corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 4.
其中,参考信号的发送功率可以是小区特定参考信号(cell-specific reference signals,CRS)、CSI-RS等信号的发送功率。The transmit power of the reference signal may be the transmit power of a signal such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) or a CSI-RS.
表4:广播信息包括的多个小区的参考信号的发送功率示例Table 4: Example of transmission power of reference signals of a plurality of cells included in broadcast information
分组序号Packet number 小区参考信号的发送功率Cell reference signal transmission power
小区标识1Cell ID 1 发射功率值1Transmit power value 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 发射功率值2Transmit power value 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 发射功率值3Transmit power value 3
本申请中,终端设备可以用各个小区的参考信号的发送功率,结合下行测量到的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)来估计各个小区的路径损耗(以下简称:路损),从而可以从多个小区中选择一个小区所属的网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。 In this application, the terminal device can estimate the path loss of each cell (hereinafter referred to as path loss) by using the transmission power of the reference signal of each cell and the reference signal received power (RSRP) measured by the downlink. A network access device to which one cell belongs may be selected from a plurality of cells as a data transmission node.
(e)、每个小区的下行广播消息发送的第一资源信息(e) First resource information sent by the downlink broadcast message of each cell
格式为:每个小区标识所对应的发送下行广播消息的第一资源信息,如表5所示。The format is: the first resource information of the downlink broadcast message corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 5.
其中,第一资源信息可以是时域、频域、码域还有空域的资源位置,也即时频资源位置。The first resource information may be a resource location in a time domain, a frequency domain, a code domain, and an airspace, and also a real-time resource location.
可选的,一方面,上述下行广播消息是在非MBSFN子帧上发送的。Optionally, in one aspect, the foregoing downlink broadcast message is sent on a non-MBSFN subframe.
可选的,另一方面,上述下行广播消息还可以在MBSFN子帧上发送。Optionally, on the other hand, the foregoing downlink broadcast message may also be sent on an MBSFN subframe.
如果下行广播消息是在多播/组播单频网络(multimedia broadcast single frequency network or multicase broadcast single frequency network,MBSFN)子帧上发送的,那么终端设备可以使用MBSFN参考信号或者解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)序列来解析所述下行广播消息,其中,所述DMRS序列根据ZC(zadoff-chu)根序列生成,具体的:If the downlink broadcast message is sent on a multicast broadcast single frequency network or multicase broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe, the terminal device may use an MBSFN reference signal or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation) a reference signal (DMRS) sequence to parse the downlink broadcast message, wherein the DMRS sequence is generated according to a ZC (zadoff-chu) root sequence, specifically:
所述DMRS序列可以根据虚拟小区的标识来绑定、或者根据虚拟小区的下行广播消息发送的时频资源位置(如,子帧号)来绑定,再或者是基站来指示DMRS序列,本申请不限定。The DMRS sequence may be bound according to the identifier of the virtual cell, or may be bound according to a time-frequency resource location (eg, a subframe number) sent by the downlink broadcast message of the virtual cell, or the base station may be used to indicate the DMRS sequence. Not limited.
表5:广播信息包括的每个小区发送下行广播消息的第一资源信息示例Table 5: Example of first resource information in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits a downlink broadcast message
分组序号Packet number 小区下行广播消息发送的第一资源信息First resource information sent by the cell downlink broadcast message
小区标识1Cell ID 1 资源信息1Resource information 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 资源信息1Resource information 1
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 资源信息1Resource information 1
本申请中,终端设备可以在接收到下行广播消息之后,可以根据各个小区的标识确定各个小区的资源信息1,并在各个小区对应的资源信息1上接收到各个小区发送的下行广播消息。In this application, after receiving the downlink broadcast message, the terminal device may determine the resource information 1 of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and receive the downlink broadcast message sent by each cell on the resource information 1 corresponding to each cell.
(f)、终端设备向每个小区发送上行信息的第二资源信息(f) the second resource information that the terminal device sends the uplink information to each cell
例如,上行信息可以通过物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)/物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)发送。第一种方式为,在现有的PUCCH/PUSCH资源上空出一块第二资源(例如,第二上行资源)给特定的终端设备(如,无人机终端)使用,第一小区组内的各个小区共用该第二上行资源。当终端设备发送上行信息或者上行控制信息的时候可以在共用的第二上行资源上发送,那么第一小区组内的所有小区均可以在第二上行资源上获取到上行信息或上行控制信息。在第一种方式下,第一小区组需要将终端设备通过PUSCH/PUCCH发送上行信息的第二上行资源广播给终端设备,其中,每个小区的第二上行资源相同,该第二上行资源可以由标准定义好,也可以由每个小区所属的网络接入设备协商,本申请对此不进行限定。For example, the uplink information may be sent through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)/physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). The first way is to use a second resource (for example, a second uplink resource) on the existing PUCCH/PUSCH resource for use by a specific terminal device (for example, a drone terminal), each of the first cell group. The cell shares the second uplink resource. When the terminal device sends the uplink information or the uplink control information, the second uplink resource can be sent on the second uplink resource, and all the cells in the first cell group can obtain the uplink information or the uplink control information on the second uplink resource. In the first mode, the first cell group needs to broadcast the second uplink resource that the terminal device sends the uplink information through the PUSCH/PUCCH to the terminal device, where the second uplink resource of each cell is the same, and the second uplink resource may be It is defined by the standard, and may also be negotiated by the network access device to which each cell belongs. This application does not limit this.
可选的,第二种方式为,上行信息通过PUSCH/PUCCH发送的时,在现有的PUCCH/PUSCH资源上空出N(N为大于或等于1的整数,N的值与第一小区组包括的小区的数量相关)个正交的第三资源给终端设备使用,或者空出一块第二资源给特定的终端设备(如,无人机终端)使用,在特定的第二资源上,又划分出多个正交的第三资源,即终端设备向第一小区组内的各个小区发送的上行信息所使用的资源均不同,是正交的,即小区的专用上行资源。因此,终端设备在向某一个小区发送上行信 息时,可以在所选择的第一小区组内的特定小区对应的第三资源上发送,那么特定小区可以解析并获取上行信息。对于这种方式所具有的格式如下:Optionally, in the second mode, when the uplink information is sent through the PUSCH/PUCCH, N is added to the existing PUCCH/PUSCH resource (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the value of N is included with the first cell group. The number of cells is related to the orthogonal third resource used by the terminal device, or a second resource is vacated for use by a specific terminal device (eg, a drone terminal), and is divided on a specific second resource. A plurality of orthogonal third resources, that is, resources used by the terminal device to send uplink information to each cell in the first cell group are different, and are orthogonal, that is, dedicated uplink resources of the cell. Therefore, the terminal device sends an uplink message to a certain cell. The information may be sent on the third resource corresponding to the specific cell in the selected first cell group, and the specific cell may parse and acquire the uplink information. The format for this method is as follows:
格式为:每个小区标识所对应的发送上行信息的第三资源,如表6所示。The format is: the third resource corresponding to each cell identifier that sends uplink information, as shown in Table 6.
表6:广播信息包括的每个小区发送上行信息的第三资源示例Table 6: Example of a third resource in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits uplink information
分组序号Packet number 小区上行信息发送的第三资源Third resource for transmitting cell uplink information
小区标识1Cell ID 1 资源信息3-1Resource information 3-1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 资源信息3-2Resource Information 3-2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 资源信息3-3Resource Information 3-3
本申请中,终端设备可以在接收到下行广播消息之后,可以根据各个小区的标识确定各个小区的第二资源信息,并在各个小区对应的第二资源信息上发送上行信息。In this application, after receiving the downlink broadcast message, the terminal device may determine the second resource information of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and send the uplink information on the second resource information corresponding to each cell.
(g)、终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式(g) Modulation and demodulation method for the terminal device to transmit uplink information
其中,调制解调方式用于每个小区所属的网络接入设备解调终端设备发送上行信息,如解调终端通过PUSCH/PUCCH发送的上行信息内容。The modem mode is used by the network access device to which each cell belongs to demodulate the terminal device to send uplink information, such as the uplink information content sent by the demodulation terminal through the PUSCH/PUCCH.
可选的,一方面,第一小区组内每个小区所属的网络接入设备发送给终端设备的调制解调方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS,调制与编码策略)相同。或者,Optionally, on the one hand, the network access device to which the cell belongs to the first cell group is the same as the modulation and coding scheme (MCS, modulation and coding strategy) sent by the terminal device. or,
可选的,另一方面,第一小区组内每个小区所属的网络接入设备发送给终端设备的MCS不同,所述调制解调方式可以由锚基站决定后告知第一小区组内的其余小区所属的网络接入设备,也可以直接由第一小区组内的各个小区协商之后告知锚基站,或者由标准直接定义,本发明实施例不限定。Optionally, on the other hand, the MCS that is sent by the network access device to which the cell belongs to the first cell group is different from the MCS, and the modulation and demodulation mode may be notified by the anchor base station to notify the rest of the first cell group. The network access device to which the cell belongs may also be directly notified by the respective cells in the first cell group to be notified to the anchor base station, or directly defined by the standard, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
下述仅以各个小区所属的网络接入设备发送给终端设备的MCS不同为例进行说明,具有的格式如下:The following describes an example in which the MCS sent by the network access device to which the cell belongs to the terminal device is different. The format is as follows:
格式为:每个小区标识所对应的发送上行信息的调制解调方式,如表7所示。The format is: the modulation and demodulation mode for transmitting uplink information corresponding to each cell identifier, as shown in Table 7.
表7:广播信息包括的每个小区发送上行信息的调制解调方式示例Table 7: Example of modulation and demodulation mode in which each cell included in the broadcast information transmits uplink information
分组序号Packet number 小区上行信息发送的调制解调方式Modulation and demodulation method for transmitting uplink information of a cell
小区标识1Cell ID 1 调制解调方式1Mode 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 调制解调方式2Modem 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 调制解调方式3 Modem 3
本申请中,结合表7终端设备可以在接收到下行广播消息之后,可以根据各个小区的标识确定各个小区的调制解调方式,并以各个小区对应的调制解调方式发送上行信息。In this application, after receiving the downlink broadcast message, the terminal device in Table 7 can determine the modulation and demodulation mode of each cell according to the identifier of each cell, and send the uplink information in the modulation and demodulation mode corresponding to each cell.
(h)、每个小区的IoT信息(h) IoT information for each cell
格式为:每个小区标识所对应的实际的IoT值,或者基于该IoT值的某个变换值,如表8所示。The format is: the actual IoT value corresponding to each cell identifier, or a certain transform value based on the IoT value, as shown in Table 8.
表8:广播信息包括的多个小区的IoT值以及加权值示例Table 8: Examples of IoT values and weighting values of multiple cells included in broadcast information
分组序号Packet number IoT值IoT value 加权值Weighted value
小区标识1Cell ID 1 IoT值1IoT value 1 加权值1Weighted value 1
小区标识2Cell ID 2 IoT值2IoT value 2 加权值2Weighted value 2
小区标识3 Cell ID 3 IoT值3 IoT value 3 加权值3 Weighted value 3
本申请中,终端设备可以用每个小区的IoT值,调整上行发射功率,从而减少上行对地面终端设备的干扰,以及根据每个小区的IoT值和各自对应的加权值,确定每个小区的路损加权值,以根据每个小区的路损加权值从多个小区所属的网络接入设备中选择路损加权值最低的小区所属的网络接入设备为数据传输节点。In the present application, the terminal device can adjust the uplink transmit power by using the IoT value of each cell, thereby reducing uplink interference to the ground terminal equipment, and determining each cell according to the IoT value of each cell and the corresponding weighting value. The path loss weighting value is a data transmission node selected by the network access device to which the cell with the lowest path loss weight value belongs from the network access devices to which the plurality of cells belong according to the path loss weight value of each cell.
具体的,终端设备获取第一小区组包括的多个小区的信号质量参数的方式如下:终端设备根据第一小区组发送的广播信息,该广播信息至少包括每个小区的相关信息,例如,每个小区的参考信号资源信息,终端设备可以根据每个小区的参考信号资源信息,测量每个小区的信号质量和信号强度,如参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)和参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ),以获取多个小区的信号质量参数。Specifically, the manner in which the terminal device acquires the signal quality parameters of the multiple cells included in the first cell group is as follows: the terminal device according to the broadcast information sent by the first cell group, the broadcast information includes at least information about each cell, for example, each The reference signal resource information of the cells, the terminal device may measure the signal quality and signal strength of each cell according to the reference signal resource information of each cell, such as Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) and reference signal receiving quality. (reference signal received quality, RSRQ) to obtain signal quality parameters of multiple cells.
本申请中的术语“第一”、“第二”等仅是为了区分不同的对象,并不对其顺序进行限定。例如,第一网络接入设备和第二网络接入设备仅仅是为了区分不同的基站,并不对其先后顺序进行限定。The terms "first", "second", and the like in this application are only used to distinguish different objects, and the order is not limited. For example, the first network access device and the second network access device are only for distinguishing different base stations, and are not limited in their order.
本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本申请中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,此外,A、B以及C中的至少一个,可以表示单独存在A、单独存在B、单独存在C、同时存在A和B、存在A和C、同时存在B和C、同时存在A、B和C、以及A、A的情况。The term “and/or” in the present application is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B. In addition, the character "/" in the present application generally indicates that the context of the context is an "or" relationship. In addition, at least one of A, B, and C may indicate that A exists separately, B exists separately, C exists separately, There are cases where A and B exist, A and C exist, B and C exist simultaneously, A, B and C, and A and A exist at the same time.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that, in the present application, the words "exemplary" or "such as" are used to mean an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concepts in a particular manner.
下面结合说明书附图对本申请进行具体说明。The present application will be specifically described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请中的通信方法可适用于多种系统架构,图1为本申请适用的一种系统架构示意图。如图1所示,该系统架构中包括一个或多个网络接入设备(比如图1所示的第一网络接入设备1011、第二网络接入设备1012、第三网络接入设备1013)、一个或多个终端设备(比如图1所示的第一终端设备1021、第二终端设备1022、第三终端设备1023)。其中,网络接入设备覆盖的小区可以为一个或多个小区,本申请对此不做具体限定。The communication method in the present application can be applied to multiple system architectures. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applicable to the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the system architecture includes one or more network access devices (such as the first network access device 1011, the second network access device 1012, and the third network access device 1013 shown in FIG. 1). One or more terminal devices (such as the first terminal device 1021, the second terminal device 1022, and the third terminal device 1023 shown in FIG. 1). The cell that the network access device covers may be one or more cells, which is not specifically limited in this application.
示例性的,如图1所示,第一网络接入设备1011覆盖的小区为小区1,第二网络接入设备1012覆盖的小区为小区2,第三网络接入设备1013覆盖的小区为小区3,可以理解的是,本申请仅以一个网络接入设备覆盖一个小区为例进行说明。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 1 , the cell covered by the first network access device 1011 is the cell 1 , the cell covered by the second network access device 1012 is the cell 2, and the cell covered by the third network access device 1013 is the cell. 3. It can be understood that the present application only takes one network access device to cover one cell as an example for description.
第一终端设备1021、第二终端设备1022、第三终端设备1023移动至第一网络接入设备1011、第二网络接入设备1012和第三网络接入设备1013中的任一网络接入设备覆盖的小区时,可以接入该网络接入设备,并与接入的网络接入设备进行信息传输,例如,第一终端设备1021移动至第二网络接入设备1012覆盖的小区时,可以接入该第二网络接入设备1012。The first terminal device 1021, the second terminal device 1022, and the third terminal device 1023 move to any one of the first network access device 1011, the second network access device 1012, and the third network access device 1013. When the cell is covered, the network access device can access the network access device and perform information transmission with the accessed network access device. For example, when the first terminal device 1021 moves to the cell covered by the second network access device 1012, the device can be connected. The second network access device 1012 is entered.
需要说明的是,图1所示的通信系统可以包括第四代(4thgeneration,4G)通信 系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统或未来的各种通信系统。It should be noted that the communication system shown in FIG. 1 may include fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) communication. System, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system or various communication systems in the future.
图2和图3示出了本申请实施例应用于5G通信系统中两种可能适用的接入网的架构图。如图2所示,在5G通信系统中,网络接入设备为gNB,锚基站可包括一个或多个gNB,一个gNB下可能存在一个或多个TRP。2 and 3 are diagrams showing the architecture of two possible applicable access networks in a 5G communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, in a 5G communication system, the network access device is a gNB, the anchor base station may include one or more gNBs, and one or more TRPs may exist under one gNB.
由于未来接入网可以采用云无线接入网(cloud radio access network,C-RAN)架构来实现,一种可能的方式是将传统基站的协议栈架构和功能分割为两部分,一部分称为数据单元(data unit,DU),另一部分称为控制单元(control unit,CU)。如图3所示,在5G通信系统中,可能会存在CU-数据单元(data unit,DU)分离场景。在CU-DU分离场景下,CU是接入网侧的S1接入点。下行数据的传输流程为:CU收到核心网发送的下行数据后,将下行数据分发给DU,DU将接收到的下行数据发送给终端设备。上行数据的传输流程为:终端设备将上行数据发送给DU,DU将接收到的上行数据发送给CU,CU在收到DU发送的上行数据后,将接收到的上行数据发送给核心网。在CU-DU分离场景下,可以认为,CU存在于锚基站中,DU存在于数据传输节点中。Since the future access network can be implemented by using a cloud radio access network (C-RAN) architecture, one possible way is to divide the protocol stack architecture and functions of the traditional base station into two parts, one part is called data. The data unit (DU), another part is called the control unit (CU). As shown in FIG. 3, in a 5G communication system, there may be a CU-data unit (DU) separation scenario. In the CU-DU separation scenario, the CU is an S1 access point on the access network side. The downlink data transmission process is: after receiving the downlink data sent by the core network, the CU distributes the downlink data to the DU, and the DU sends the received downlink data to the terminal device. The uplink data transmission process is: the terminal device sends the uplink data to the DU, and the DU sends the received uplink data to the CU. After receiving the uplink data sent by the DU, the CU sends the received uplink data to the core network. In the CU-DU separation scenario, it can be considered that the CU exists in the anchor base station, and the DU exists in the data transmission node.
以终端设备为无人机设备为例,当无人机设备从地面垂直起飞,首先进入一个小区的主瓣覆盖范围;然后随着无人机设备升空之后的移动,无人机设备逐渐飞出该小区的主瓣覆盖范围,接入到邻小区的旁瓣覆盖范围,因此,无人机设备将会在一个第一小区组内频繁的切换服务小区,例如,如图1所示,随着无人机设备的移动,无人机设备的服务小区从小区1切换至小区2。但是现有技术中尚未涉及无人机设备在第一小区组内的各个小区之间切换的过程,如果无人机设备在第一小区组内的切换过程沿用LTE系统小区的切换过程,即控制面和数据面均进行切换,这样会使得无人机设备在空中时频繁切换,不仅增加了切换失败的概率,而且增加了切换带来的时延。Taking the terminal device as an unmanned device as an example, when the UAV device takes off vertically from the ground, it first enters the main lobe coverage of a cell; then, as the UAV device moves out, the UAV device gradually flies. The main lobe coverage of the cell is accessed to the side lobe coverage of the neighboring cell. Therefore, the UAV device will frequently switch the serving cell within a first cell group, for example, as shown in FIG. With the movement of the drone device, the serving cell of the drone device switches from cell 1 to cell 2. However, the prior art does not involve the process of switching between the UAV devices in the first cell group. If the handover process of the UAV device in the first cell group follows the handover process of the LTE system cell, that is, the control Both the face and the data plane are switched, which causes the drone device to switch frequently in the air, which not only increases the probability of handover failure, but also increases the delay caused by the handover.
基于此,本申请提供一种数据传输节点的选择方法,该方案中终端设备在第一小区组中具有一个锚基站,该锚基站与核心网的控制面和数据面具有连接,当终端设备从第一小区组内的一个小区A移动至另一个小区B时,通常情况下,该另一个小区B可以为终端设备提供比其他小区更好地服务,也即终端设备在该另一个小区B内的通信质量往往高于在其他小区内的通信质量,因此,终端设备可以将数据传输节点从小区A所属的网络接入设备更新为小区B所属的网络接入设备,由于数据传输节点与核心网之间不具有数据面和控制面连接,因此,可以避免当终端设备从一个小区进入另一个小区时,由于频繁切换网络接入设备导致的控制面和数据面切换的问题,从而提高了通信质量。Based on this, the present application provides a method for selecting a data transmission node, in which a terminal device has an anchor base station in a first cell group, and the anchor base station has a connection with a control plane and a data plane of the core network, when the terminal device When one cell A in the first cell group moves to another cell B, in general, the other cell B can provide better service for the terminal device than other cells, that is, the terminal device is in the other cell B. The communication quality is often higher than the communication quality in other cells. Therefore, the terminal device can update the data transmission node from the network access device to which the cell A belongs to the network access device to which the cell B belongs, because the data transmission node and the core network There is no data plane and control plane connection between them. Therefore, when the terminal equipment enters another cell from one cell to another, the problem of control plane and data plane switching caused by frequent handover of the network access equipment can be avoided, thereby improving communication quality. .
以下介绍一下本申请提供的数据传输节点确定方法流程,如图4所示,包括:The following describes the flow of the data transmission node determination method provided by the present application, as shown in FIG. 4, including:
步骤S101、终端设备确定第一小区组中第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。Step S101: The terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a data transmission node.
具体的,步骤S101至少可以通过以下两种方式实现:Specifically, step S101 can be implemented in at least two ways:
第一种,S1011、终端设备获取第一小区组包括的多个小区的信号质量参数。S1012、终端设备根据每个小区的信号质量参数,从多个小区所属的网络接入设备中选择第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。其中,第一网络接入设备用于支持终端设备与第一小区进行数据传输,第一小区为多个小区中的任意一个小区。 First, S1011: The terminal device acquires signal quality parameters of multiple cells included in the first cell group. S1012: The terminal device selects, according to the signal quality parameter of each cell, the first network access device to which the first cell belongs from the network access device to which the multiple cells belong, as the data transmission node. The first network access device is configured to support the terminal device to perform data transmission with the first cell, where the first cell is any one of the multiple cells.
上述小区的信号质量参数可用于表征小区的无线信号强度,例如,小区信号质量小区可以是小区的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)。本申请实施例中获取小区的信号质量参数的方式可以但不限于包括以下两种方式中的任意一种。The signal quality parameter of the foregoing cell may be used to represent the radio signal strength of the cell. For example, the cell signal quality cell may be a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) of the cell. The manner of obtaining the signal quality parameter of the cell in the embodiment of the present application may be, but is not limited to, including any one of the following two manners.
本申请中,多个小区所属的网络接入设备可以有一个或多个,例如,可以有三个网络接入设备,分别为网络接入设备a、网络接入设备b和网络接入设备c。三个网络接入设备中的任一网络接入设备覆盖的小区可以为一个或一个以上,例如,网络接入设备a覆盖的小区包括小区a1和小区a2,网络接入设备b覆盖的小区为小区b1,网络接入设备c覆盖的小区包括小区c1、小区c2和小区c3,此时,多个小区包括小区a1、小区a2、小区b1、小区c1、小区c2和小区c3。In this application, the network access devices to which the multiple cells belong may have one or more. For example, there may be three network access devices, which are the network access device a, the network access device b, and the network access device c. The cell covered by any one of the three network access devices may be one or more. For example, the cell covered by the network access device a includes the cell a1 and the cell a2, and the cell covered by the network access device b is The cell b1, the cell covered by the network access device c includes a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3. In this case, the multiple cells include a cell a1, a cell a2, a cell b1, a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3.
上述示例中,多个小区包括三个网络接入设备覆盖的各个小区,本申请中,多个小区也可以仅包括三个网络接入设备覆盖的部分小区,例如,多个小区包括小区a1、小区b1、小区c1、小区c2和小区c3,此时,多个小区未包括网络接入设备a覆盖的小区a2,又例如,多个小区包括小区a1、小区b1、小区c1和小区c3,此时,多个小区未包括网络接入设备a覆盖的小区a2和网络接入设备c覆盖的小区c2。In the above example, multiple cells include three cells covered by three network access devices. In this application, multiple cells may also include only a part of cells covered by three network access devices. For example, multiple cells include cell a1. a cell b1, a cell c1, a cell c2, and a cell c3. At this time, the plurality of cells do not include the cell a2 covered by the network access device a, and for example, the plurality of cells include the cell a1, the cell b1, the cell c1, and the cell c3. At the time, the plurality of cells do not include the cell a2 covered by the network access device a and the cell c2 covered by the network access device c.
可选的,步骤S1012可以通过以下选择方式一、选择方式二或选择方式三具体实现:Optionally, step S1012 can be implemented by using the following selection manner 1, selection mode 2, or selection mode 3:
选择方式一、终端设备将信号质量参数(例如,RSRP)满足预设要求的小区所属的网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。Selection mode 1. The terminal device uses a network access device to which the cell whose signal quality parameter (for example, RSRP) meets the preset requirement belongs as a data transmission node.
具体的,终端设备将RSRP最高的小区或信号强度最强的小区所属的网络接入设备(例如,第一网络接入设备)确定为数据传输节点。Specifically, the terminal device determines, as the data transmission node, a network access device (for example, a first network access device) to which the cell with the highest RSRP or the cell with the strongest signal strength belongs.
选择方式二、终端设备可以将多个小区中路损最小的小区所属的网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。In the second mode, the terminal device can use the network access device to which the cell with the smallest path loss in multiple cells belongs as the data transmission node.
选择方式三、终端设备将路损加权值最小的小区所属的网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。The third mode, the terminal device uses the network access device to which the cell with the lowest path loss weight is the data transmission node.
具体的,终端设备可以通过如下方式获取各个小区的路损加权值:终端设备获取多个小区的路损以及每个小区的上行IoT(每个小区的上行IoT可以根据小区的标识进行指示,这样便可以结合表4依据各个小区标识,确定出每个小区的IoT,以及各个小区的加权值),终端设备根据每个小区的路损,每个小区各自对应的路损的第一加权值,每个小区的上行IoT,以及每个小区各自对应的上行IoT的第二加权值,确定每个小区各自的路损加权值。Specifically, the terminal device may obtain the path loss weight value of each cell by acquiring the path loss of the multiple cells and the uplink IoT of each cell by using the following: (the uplink IoT of each cell may be indicated according to the identifier of the cell, such that The IoT of each cell and the weighting value of each cell may be determined according to each cell identifier according to Table 4, and the first weighting value of the path loss corresponding to each cell according to the path loss of each cell by the terminal device, The uplink IoT of each cell and the second weighting value of the corresponding uplink IoT of each cell determine the path loss weight value of each cell.
具体的,终端设备可以根据公式W=a*pathloss+b*IoT计算每个小区的路径损耗加权值,其中,W表示路径损耗加权值,pathloss表示路损,a表示第一加权值,b表示第二加权值,其中,a和b可以为标准定义的值,如固定的值,也可以是由锚基站通过专有信令(例如,RRC信令)配置给终端设备或者终端设备接收到的广播信息中携带第一加权值和第二加权值,终端设备通过解析广播信息得到多个小区的第一加权值和第二加权值,本发明实施例不限定。Specifically, the terminal device may calculate a path loss weighting value of each cell according to the formula W=a*pathloss+b*IoT, where W represents a path loss weighting value, pathloss represents a path loss, a represents a first weighting value, and b represents a second weighting value, where a and b may be standard defined values, such as fixed values, or may be configured by the anchor base station to be received by the terminal device or the terminal device through dedicated signaling (eg, RRC signaling). The broadcast information carries the first weighting value and the second weighting value, and the terminal device obtains the first weighting value and the second weighting value of the plurality of cells by analyzing the broadcast information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
本申请中终端设备获取各个小区的路损的方式有多种,例如,终端设备根据公式pathloss=邻区的RS发射功率-RSRP,以获取每个小区的路损。此处,终端设备可以通 过如下方式获取邻区的RS发射功率:In this application, the terminal device obtains the path loss of each cell in multiple manners. For example, the terminal device obtains the path loss of each cell according to the formula pathloss=RS transmit power of the neighboring cell-RSRP. Here, the terminal device can pass Obtain the RS transmit power of the neighboring area as follows:
一种可能的实现方式为,终端设备从广播信息中基于各个小区的标识,结合表4获取各个小区的RS发射功率。又一种可能的实现方式为,终端设备在接入锚基站之后,终端设备接收锚基站通过专有信令(如RRC消息)发送的邻区的RS发射功率,该邻区的RS发射功率由锚基站通过与邻区的X2接口获取。A possible implementation manner is that the terminal device acquires the RS transmit power of each cell according to the identifier of each cell from the broadcast information in combination with Table 4. A further possible implementation manner is that after the terminal device accesses the anchor base station, the terminal device receives the RS transmit power of the neighboring cell sent by the anchor base station by using dedicated signaling (such as an RRC message), and the RS transmit power of the neighboring cell is The anchor base station is obtained through an X2 interface with the neighboring cell.
此处,终端设备获取上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率的方式可以有多种,例如,一种可能的实现方式为,如表4和表8所示,广播信息中包括上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率,终端设备可以对接收到的广播信息进行解析以得到上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率,另一种可能的实现方式为,终端设备接入锚基站之后,接收锚基站通过专有信令发送的上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率,其中,上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率由锚基站通过与邻区的X2接口获取,本申请对此不进行限定。The manner in which the terminal device obtains the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal may be various. For example, as shown in Table 4 and Table 8, the broadcast information includes the uplink IoT and/or Or the transmit power of the reference signal, the terminal device may parse the received broadcast information to obtain the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal, and another possible implementation manner is: after the terminal device accesses the anchor base station, the receiving anchor The transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal sent by the base station through the dedicated signaling, where the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal is obtained by the anchor base station through the X2 interface with the neighboring cell, which is not limited in this application. .
可选的,需要说明的是,对于终端设备通过同步第一小区组并读取第一小区组的广播信息,从而随机接入到第一小区组的场景下,终端设备向第一小区组的成员小区发起随机接入过程可以为:S1、终端设备通过测量第一小区组内每个小区的信号质量参数选择数据传输节点,并选择信号质量最好的成员小区所属网络接入设备作为数据传输节点,并选择所述成员小区对应的随机接入信道(Random Access Channel,RACH)资源(其中,每个小区的随机接入信道资源可以由各个小区各自对应的标识指示,广播信息中包括的各个小区的随机接入资源信息的格式参见上述表1);S2、终端设备发起消息(Message,Msg)1,该Msg1中包括选择的成员小区的标识信息(或者数据传输节点的标识信息),第一小区组内的成员小区所属网络接入设备收到Msg1后解析、识别自己是否是数据传输节点,如果是则向终端设备返回Msg2,后续消息过程可以参考现有LTE过程,本发明实施例不再赘述。Optionally, it should be noted that, in a scenario in which the terminal device randomly accesses the first cell group by synchronizing the first cell group and reading the broadcast information of the first cell group, the terminal device sends the first cell group to the first cell group. The process of initiating a random access by the member cell may be: S1. The terminal device selects a data transmission node by measuring signal quality parameters of each cell in the first cell group, and selects a network access device to which the member cell with the best signal quality belongs as a data transmission. a node, and selecting a random access channel (RACH) resource corresponding to the member cell (wherein the random access channel resource of each cell may be indicated by an identifier corresponding to each cell, and each of the broadcast information is included For the format of the random access resource information of the cell, refer to the above table 1); S2, the terminal device initiates a message (Message, Msg) 1, and the Msg1 includes the identification information of the selected member cell (or the identification information of the data transmission node), After receiving the Msg1, the network access device of the member cell in a cell group parses and identifies whether it is a data transmission node. If the Msg2 is returned to the terminal device, the subsequent process can refer to existing LTE message procedure, not repeated embodiment embodiment of the present invention.
可选的,本申请中的步骤S1012还可以通过以下选择方式四或选择方式五实现,即终端设备从多个小区中选择第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。Optionally, the step S1012 in the present application may also be implemented in the following manners 4 or 5: the terminal device selects, from the plurality of cells, the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
选择方式四、终端设备确定第一小区所属的信号质量参数超过预设质量门限,则终端设备确定第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。The method 4: The terminal device determines that the signal quality parameter of the first cell exceeds the preset quality threshold, and the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is the data transmission node.
选择方式五、终端设备确定第一小区的信号质量上报次数超过预设次数门限,则终端设备确定第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。The fifth mode, the terminal device determines that the number of signal quality reports of the first cell exceeds the preset number of times, and the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is the data transmission node.
第二种,锚基站为终端设备选择数据传输节点之后,将数据传输节点通知给终端设备。Second, after the anchor base station selects the data transmission node for the terminal device, the data transmission node is notified to the terminal device.
具体的,锚基站为终端设备选择数据传输节点包括:终端设备向锚基站发送测量报告,该测量报告中至少包括各个小区的信号质量参数,锚基站根据各个小区的信号质量参数确定选择第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。锚基站在确定数据传输节点之后,向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。终端设备根据第一指示信息,确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。Specifically, the anchor base station selects the data transmission node for the terminal device, and the terminal device sends the measurement report to the anchor base station, where the measurement report includes at least the signal quality parameter of each cell, and the anchor base station determines the first network according to the signal quality parameter of each cell. The access device is a data transmission node. After determining the data transmission node, the anchor base station sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node. The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
上述第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点可以理解为第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点。The foregoing first indication information is used to indicate that determining the first network access device as a data transmission node may be understood as first indication information for indicating that the first network access device is used as a data transmission node.
也即步骤S101具体可以通过以下方式实现:S1013、终端设备接收锚基站发送的 第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点为第一网络接入设备。S1014、终端设备根据第一指示信息将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。That is, step S101 can be specifically implemented in the following manner: S1013, the terminal device receives the sending by the anchor base station The first indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission node of the terminal device is the first network access device. S1014. The terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, the first network access device as a data transmission node.
其中,锚基站为终端设备选择数据传输节点可以参考上述实施例中描述的终端设备根据小区的信号质量参数选择数据传输节点的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。The process of selecting a data transmission node by the anchor base station for the terminal device may refer to the process of selecting the data transmission node according to the signal quality parameter of the cell in the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
具体的,该第一指示信息可以由第一网络接入设备通过专有信令RRC消息发送给终端设备。Specifically, the first indication information may be sent by the first network access device to the terminal device by using a dedicated signaling RRC message.
可选的,锚基站也可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或者媒体接入控制元素(media access control control element,MAC CE)向终端设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the anchor base station may also send the first indication information to the terminal device by using downlink control information (DCI) or a media access control control element (MAC CE).
具体的,该第一指示信息的内容可以有多种,例如,该第一指示信息中包括第二小区的标识信息(例如,PCI)和/或第二小区的控制信道资源信息(例如,增强的物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel,ePDCCH))的位置信息,这样终端设备便可以根据第一指示信息中携带的控制信道资源信息,基于上述表3确定出与该控制信道资源信息关联的第一小区的标识,以根据第一小区的标识确定出第一小区,从而终端设备可以确定第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。Specifically, the content of the first indication information may be multiple, for example, the first indication information includes identification information (eg, PCI) of the second cell and/or control channel resource information of the second cell (eg, enhanced The location information of the physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH), so that the terminal device can determine the resource information associated with the control channel resource based on the control channel resource information carried in the first indication information. The identifier of the first cell is used to determine the first cell according to the identifier of the first cell, so that the terminal device can determine that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs is a data transmission node.
第三种,步骤S101还可以通过以下方式实现:Third, step S101 can also be implemented in the following manner:
S1015、终端设备确定在第一小区对应的资源信息上接收到数据,终端设备将第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。S1015: The terminal device determines that the data is received on the resource information corresponding to the first cell, and the terminal device determines the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
具体的,终端设备可以根据广播信息确定第一小区组中每个小区对应的数据信道资源信息,具体的,终端设备若在第一小区1的数据信道资源信息上接收到数据,便可以将第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。Specifically, the terminal device may determine, according to the broadcast information, data channel resource information corresponding to each cell in the first cell group. Specifically, if the terminal device receives data on the data channel resource information of the first cell 1, the terminal device may The first network access device to which a cell belongs is determined as a data transmission node.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的数据传输节点可以和锚基站是同一个网络接入设备,也可以和锚基站是不同的网络接入设备,当数据传输节点和锚基站不是同一个网络接入设备时,数据传输节点与核心网设备之间可以没有数据面和控制面,数据传输节点可以用于转发锚基站发送的数据到终端设备,也可以用于转发终端设备的数据到锚基站。It should be noted that the data transmission node in the embodiment of the present invention may be the same network access device as the anchor base station, or may be a different network access device than the anchor base station, when the data transmission node and the anchor base station are not the same network. When accessing the device, the data transmission node and the core network device may have no data plane and control plane, and the data transmission node may be used to forward the data sent by the anchor base station to the terminal device, and may also be used to forward the data of the terminal device to the anchor base station. .
可以理解的是,在上述实施例中,若在终端设备选择数据传输节点之前,若终端设备具有锚基站,则上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率,第一加权值和第二加权值、RS发射功率等均可以从广播信息中获取,也可以由锚基站通过专有信令发送给终端设备。示例性的,若在终端设备选择数据传输节点之前,若终端设备不具有锚基站,则上行IoT和/或参考信号的发射功率,第一加权值和第二加权值、RS发射功率等均可以从广播信息中获取,或者在确定锚基站之后从锚基站处获取。It can be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, if the terminal device has an anchor base station before the terminal device selects the data transmission node, the transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal, the first weight value and the second weight value, The RS transmit power and the like may be obtained from the broadcast information, or may be sent by the anchor base station to the terminal device through dedicated signaling. Exemplarily, if the terminal device does not have an anchor base station before the terminal device selects the data transmission node, the transmit power, the first weight value, the second weight value, and the RS transmit power of the uplink IoT and/or the reference signal may be Obtained from the broadcast information or obtained from the anchor base station after determining the anchor base station.
需要说明的是,本申请中若终端设备在接入第一小区组之后不具有锚基站,则终端设备可以将由上述方法确定的数据传输节点作为锚基站。It should be noted that, in this application, if the terminal device does not have an anchor base station after accessing the first cell group, the terminal device may use the data transmission node determined by the foregoing method as the anchor base station.
以下介绍终端设备确定数据传输节点之后,终端设备通知第一网络接入设备自己为数据传输节点的过程,或者第一网络接入设备确定自己为数据传输节点的方式:The following describes the process in which the terminal device notifies the first network access device itself as a data transmission node after the terminal device determines the data transmission node, or the manner in which the first network access device determines itself as a data transmission node:
需要说明的是,终端设备通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程之前,终端设备已经确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点。终端设备可以采用上述描述的终端设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,也可以参考其他可以确定第一 网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, before the terminal device notifies the first network access device that the data transmission node is a process, the terminal device has determined that the first network access device is a data transmission node. The terminal device may determine, by using the terminal device described above, that the first network access device is a data transmission node, or may refer to other The process of the network access device being a data transmission node is not described herein again.
具体的,终端设备可以通过多个小区共用的上行资源,也可以通过第一小区的专用上行资源通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点:Specifically, the terminal device may notify the first network access device as a data transmission node by using an uplink resource shared by multiple cells, or by using a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell:
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备以多个小区共用的上行资源方式通知:S102A、终端设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,该上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。这样各个小区所属的网络接入设备便可以确定在该共用的上行资源上接收终端设备发送的上行信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device is notified by the uplink resource mode shared by the multiple cells: S102A, the terminal device sends uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate the data transmission node of the terminal device. In this way, the network access device to which each cell belongs can determine the uplink information sent by the terminal device on the shared uplink resource.
可选的,本申请实施例提供的方法在终端设备在多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息之前,还包括:S103、终端设备接收共用于第一小区组的广播消息,该广播消息用于指示该第一小区组共用的上行资源。Optionally, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, before the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, the method further includes: S103: The terminal device receives a broadcast message that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast message is used by the terminal device. And indicating an uplink resource shared by the first cell group.
如图5a所示,图5a示出了第一小区组内资源的分布的一种示例,以第一小区组包括小区1,小区2以及小区3为例,其中,小区1、小区2以及小区3具有共用的上行资源,例如,图5a所示的共用上行资源。共用上行资源用于小区1,小区2以及小区3在联合收发信号时使用。As shown in FIG. 5a, FIG. 5a shows an example of distribution of resources in a first cell group, where the first cell group includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, wherein cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3 has a shared uplink resource, for example, the shared uplink resource shown in Figure 5a. The shared uplink resource is used for cell 1, and cell 2 and cell 3 are used when jointly transmitting and receiving signals.
具体的,该广播消息包括共用的上行资源的标识,该共用的上行资源的标识用于识别该共用的上行资源。这样终端设备便可以根据该共用的上行资源的标识确定发送上行信息的上行资源。Specifically, the broadcast message includes an identifier of the shared uplink resource, where the identifier of the shared uplink resource is used to identify the shared uplink resource. In this way, the terminal device can determine the uplink resource for sending the uplink information according to the identifier of the shared uplink resource.
可选的,一方面,本申请中的步骤S102A可以通过以下方式实现:Optionally, in an aspect, step S102A in this application may be implemented in the following manner:
S102A1、终端设备以共用于第一小区组中各个小区的调制解调方式在共用的上行资源上发送上行信息。在这种情况下,广播信息中还包括:指示终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。在这种情况下,各个小区所属的网络接入设备便可以解析该上行信息的内容。S102A1: The terminal device sends the uplink information on the shared uplink resource by using a modulation and demodulation method common to each cell in the first cell group. In this case, the broadcast information further includes: a modulation and demodulation method for instructing the terminal device to send the uplink information, where the modulation and demodulation manners of the different cells are the same. In this case, the network access device to which each cell belongs can parse the content of the uplink information.
可选的,另一方面,本申请中的步骤S102A可以通过以下方式实现:Optionally, on the other hand, step S102A in this application may be implemented in the following manner:
S102A2、终端设备以第一小区的专用调制解调方式在共用的上行资源上发送上行信息。这样第一小区便可以以该调制解调方式正确的解析该上行信息的内容。S102A2: The terminal device sends uplink information on the shared uplink resource by using a dedicated modulation and demodulation mode of the first cell. In this way, the first cell can correctly parse the content of the uplink information by using the modulation and demodulation method.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备以各个小区的专用上行资源方式通知:S102B、终端设备在第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息,上行信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输节点。这样,第一小区所属的网络接入设备便可以确定在第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息。In another possible implementation, the terminal device is notified by the dedicated uplink resource of each cell: S102B, the terminal device sends uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell, and the uplink information is used to indicate the data transmission node of the terminal device. In this way, the network access device to which the first cell belongs can determine to send uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell.
结合图5a可知,小区1的专用上行资源1、小区2的专用上行资源2以及小区3的专用上行资源3,分别用于小区1,小区2以及小区3收发信号时使用。As can be seen from FIG. 5a, dedicated uplink resource 1 of cell 1, dedicated uplink resource 2 of cell 2, and dedicated uplink resource 3 of cell 3 are used for cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, respectively.
可选的,一方面,本申请中的步骤S102B具体可以通过以下方式实现:Optionally, in step, the step S102B in the application may be specifically implemented in the following manner:
S102B1、终端设备以共用于第一小区组中各个小区的调制解调方式在第一小区的专用上行资源发送上行信息。S102B1: The terminal device sends uplink information in a dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in a modulation and demodulation manner commonly used by each cell in the first cell group.
另一方面,本申请中的步骤S102B具体可以通过以下方式实现:S102B2、终端设备以第一小区专用调制解调方式在第一小区的专用上行资源上发送上行信息。On the other hand, the step S102B in the present application may be specifically implemented in the following manner: S102B2: The terminal device sends the uplink information on the dedicated uplink resource of the first cell in the first cell-specific modulation and demodulation mode.
可选的,本申请中的上行信息包括第一小区的第一标识以及终端设备的第二标识。Optionally, the uplink information in the application includes the first identifier of the first cell and the second identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,该第二标识用于识别终端设备。Optionally, the second identifier is used to identify the terminal device.
示例性的,该第二标识可以为终端设备在该第一小区组中的标识,该第二标识用 于在第一小区组内识别该终端设备。Exemplarily, the second identifier may be an identifier of the terminal device in the first cell group, where the second identifier is used The terminal device is identified within the first cell group.
本申请中的上行信息可以通过多种形式:The uplink information in this application can be in many forms:
一种形式为,该上行信息可以为第一序列,该第一序列的根序列由终端设备的第二标识和第一小区的第一标识确定。In one form, the uplink information may be a first sequence, and the root sequence of the first sequence is determined by the second identifier of the terminal device and the first identifier of the first cell.
具体的,第一序列的循环移位(Cycle Shift)由第一小区的标识(如PCI)确定。Specifically, the cyclic shift of the first sequence is determined by the identity of the first cell (eg, PCI).
示例性的,该第一序列可以为上行序列,如ZC(Zadoff-Chu)序列当然,该上行信息也可以是其他序列如M序列,本发明实施例对此不限定。又例如,该上行信息可以为一个上行消息,如层1(L1)消息或L1信令或上行消息,第一小区组内的成员小区所属的网络接入设备都可以接收所述上行信息,该上行信息携带第一小区的标识(如PCI)和终端设备的第二标识。Illustratively, the first sequence may be an uplink sequence, such as a ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence. Of course, the uplink information may also be other sequences, such as an M sequence, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention. For example, the uplink information may be an uplink message, such as a layer 1 (L1) message or an L1 signaling or an uplink message, and the network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs may receive the uplink information, where The uplink information carries an identifier of the first cell (such as a PCI) and a second identifier of the terminal device.
可选的,该上行信息还可以携带第一小区组内所有小区都可以解析的带反馈的信令,例如,该反馈可以为应答消息(acknowledgement,Ack)、否定应答(Negative Acknowledgement,Nack)。Optionally, the uplink information may also carry the signaling with feedback that all the cells in the first cell group can resolve. For example, the feedback may be an acknowledgement (Ack) or a negative acknowledgement (Nack).
此外,可选的,该上行信息还可以携带用于指示至少一个源小区停止数据传输的信息。In addition, optionally, the uplink information may further carry information used to indicate that at least one source cell stops data transmission.
该源小区的信息可以为源小区的PCI,该源小区所属的网络接入设备可以终端设备在第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点之前的数据传输节点。The information of the source cell may be a PCI of the source cell, and the network access device to which the source cell belongs may be a data transmission node of the terminal device before the first network access device serves as a data transmission node.
进一步可选的,该上行信息还可以携带锚基站的标识。Further optionally, the uplink information may also carry an identifier of the anchor base station.
其中,可选的,上行信息可以由终端设备通过PUSCH、PUCCH、分组随机接入信道(packet random access channel,PRACH)或者探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)来发送,或者,上行信息还可以是一个设计的新的信道,本发明实施例不限定。终端设备也可以将上行信息通过多个小区所属的网络接入设备协商出的共同的资源信息发送出去。Optionally, the uplink information may be sent by the terminal device by using a PUSCH, a PUCCH, a packet random access channel (PRACH), or a sounding reference signal (SRS), or the uplink information may be It is a new channel designed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. The terminal device may also send the uplink information through the common resource information negotiated by the network access device to which the multiple cells belong.
另一形式,该上行信息可以为相关小区(此处的相关小区可以理解为数据传输节点对应的小区,或者上述源小区)才可以解析的信令,例如,第一小区可以解析的信令,或者数据传输节点或者源数据传输节点(例如,源小区所属的网络接入设备为源数据传输节点)可以解析的信令。In another form, the uplink information may be a signaling that can be parsed by the relevant cell (where the relevant cell may be understood as a cell corresponding to the data transmission node or the source cell), for example, the signaling that the first cell can parse, Or signaling that the data transmission node or the source data transmission node (for example, the network access device to which the source cell belongs is a source data transmission node) can be parsed.
例如,终端设备发送的上行信息中包括第一信息和第二信息,或者终端设备发送的上行信息只包括第一信息。For example, the uplink information sent by the terminal device includes the first information and the second information, or the uplink information sent by the terminal device includes only the first information.
其中,第一信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点,该第一信息用第一小区的标识(如PCI)加扰,携带终端设备的第二标识和第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示将第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点,在这种情况下,只有数据传输节点可以正确解码该第一信息。The first information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node, and the first information is scrambled by the identifier of the first cell, such as a PCI, and carries the second identifier of the terminal device and the first indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node. In this case, only the data transmission node can correctly decode the first information.
第二信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,该第二信息用于第二小区的标识(如PCI)加扰,携带终端设备的第二标识和第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。The second information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops the data transmission, and the second information is used for the identifier of the second cell (such as PCI) to be scrambled, and carries the second identifier and the second indication information of the terminal device, where the second information The indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device is instructed to stop data transmission.
本申请中的上行信息可以通过上行消息或者上行序列发送。The uplink information in this application can be sent by an uplink message or an uplink sequence.
下述将介绍终端设备通知网络接入设备之后,网络接入设备根据上行信息,确定自己为数据传输节点的过程: The following describes the process in which the network access device determines itself as a data transmission node according to the uplink information after the terminal device notifies the network access device:
具体的,如果终端设备发送的是上行序列,则当第一小区组内的成员小区所属的各个网络接入设备收到上行序列后,分别通过盲检,各个网络接入设备均解析出上行序列中承载的上行信息,从而确定数据传输节点为第一网络接入设备,或者只有第一网络接入设备可以解析出上行序列中包括的上行信息,以确定自己为数据传输节点。Specifically, if the terminal device sends the uplink sequence, each network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs receives the uplink sequence, and each network access device parses the uplink sequence. The uplink information carried in the network is determined to be the first network access device, or only the first network access device can parse the uplink information included in the uplink sequence to determine that it is a data transmission node.
如果终端设备将上行信息承载在上行信息中发送,则当第一小区组内的成员小区所属的网络接入设备收到所述上行信息后,分别通过解析,第一网络接入设备解析出所述上行信息获取上行信息中包括的数据传输节点是属于第一网络接入设备的,则第一网络接入设备确定自己为数据传输节点。If the terminal device transmits the uplink information in the uplink information, the network access device to which the member cell in the first cell group belongs receives the uplink information, and then parses the first network access device. The data transmission node included in the uplink information acquisition uplink information belongs to the first network access device, and the first network access device determines that it is a data transmission node.
可选的,如果上行信息中包括第一信息和第二信息,由于第一信息由第一小区的第一标识加扰,则第一网络接入设备便可以通过解析第一信息以确定自己为数据传输节点。由于第二信息由第二小区的第一标识加扰,则第一网络接入设备便可以通过解析第二信息确定(例如,第一网络接入设备和源网络接入设备)分别对其进行解析。Optionally, if the first information and the second information are included in the uplink information, because the first information is scrambled by the first identifier of the first cell, the first network access device may determine that the first information is Data transfer node. Since the second information is scrambled by the first identifier of the second cell, the first network access device may determine, by parsing the second information (for example, the first network access device and the source network access device) Analysis.
可选的,第一网络接入设备根据上行信息,发送授权(grant)信息给终端设备,所述grant信息包括调度资源信息,所述grant信息包括上行grant信息、下行grant信息中的至少一种。Optionally, the first network access device sends the grant information to the terminal device according to the uplink information, where the grant information includes scheduling resource information, where the grant information includes at least one of an uplink grant information and a downlink grant information. .
下述将介绍数据传输节点确定,且终端设备通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之后,锚基站通过该第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输的具体过程:The following describes the specific process of the data transmission node determining, and the terminal device notifying the first network access device as the data transmission node, and performing data transmission by the anchor base station through the first network access device and the terminal device:
第一网络接入设备发送数传请求消息到锚基站,该数传请求消息用于请求进行数据传输;第一网络接入设备向第一小区组内除第一小区所属的网络接入设备之外的其余网络接入设备发送调度信息,该调度信息用于指示当第一网络接入设备在第三资源信息上与终端设备进行数据传输时,其余网络接入设备在该第三资源信息上不发送下行数据或者降低发送下行数据的功率,从而避免小区间的干扰。The first network access device sends a data transmission request message to the anchor base station, where the data transmission request message is used to request data transmission; the first network access device sends the network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group. The remaining network access devices send scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that when the first network access device performs data transmission with the terminal device on the third resource information, the remaining network access devices are on the third resource information. The downlink data is not transmitted or the power of transmitting the downlink data is reduced, thereby avoiding interference between cells.
可选的,调度信息包括MCS调制解调信息、时频资源位置等,其中MCS解调信息可选。Optionally, the scheduling information includes MCS modulation and demodulation information, a time-frequency resource location, and the like, where the MCS demodulation information is optional.
具体的,数传请求消息可以是通过现有的X2接口消息,或者是新的接口消息,或者是空口传输(over the air,OTA)的方式,本发明实施例对此不限定。除此之外,所述数传请求消息还可以是其他消息名字,本发明实施例不限定。Specifically, the data transmission request message may be an existing X2 interface message, or a new interface message, or an over-the-air (OTA) mode, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention. In addition, the data transmission request message may also be another message name, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
此处,需要说明的是,在终端设备以上行信息的形式通知第一网络接入设备为终端设备的数据传输节点时,若上行信息中携带了数据传输节点的信息,例如第一小区的第一标识,且锚基站可以解析上行信息,以确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的情况下,那么第一网络接入设备发送数传请求消息到锚基站可以省略。Here, it should be noted that, when the terminal device notifies the first network access device as the data transmission node of the terminal device in the form of the uplink information of the terminal device, if the uplink information carries the information of the data transmission node, for example, the first cell In an case where the identifier and the anchor base station can parse the uplink information to determine that the first network access device is a data transmission node, the first network access device may send a data transmission request message to the anchor base station.
具体的,第一网络接入设备可以通过网络接入设备之间的接口,例如,X2接口或者其他现有的接口将调度信息发送给其余网络接入设备。但是,由于网络接入设备之间的X2接口的回传链路(backhual)不一定是理想backhaul,网络接入设备之间的交互存在一定时延,为了避免/减少该时延,数据传输节点可以通过如下方式通知其余网络接入设备:Specifically, the first network access device may send scheduling information to the remaining network access devices through an interface between the network access devices, for example, an X2 interface or other existing interfaces. However, since the backhaul of the X2 interface between the network access devices is not necessarily the ideal backhaul, the interaction between the network access devices has a certain delay. To avoid/reduce the delay, the data transmission node The remaining network access devices can be notified by:
方式A:第一网络接入设备通过over-the-air的方式,将调度信息发送给其余网络接入设备,即第一网络接入设备所传输的调度信息占用一部分下行资源实现网络接入设备之间的空中通信。 Mode A: The first network access device sends the scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in an over-the-air manner, that is, the scheduling information transmitted by the first network access device occupies a part of the downlink resources to implement the network access device. Air communication between.
方式B:第一网络接入设备首先通过下行消息(如,下行控制信息Downlink Control Information,DCI)将调度信息发送给终端设备,终端设备以从广播信息中解析到的调制解调方式向第一小区组发送承载调度信息的上行信息,以将调度信息通知给其余网络接入设备,该上行信息的发送过程可以参考上述实施例中上行信息的发送过程,本申请在此不再赘述。Mode B: The first network access device first sends the scheduling information to the terminal device by using a downlink message (for example, Downlink Control Information, DCI), and the terminal device firstly uses the modulation and demodulation method parsed from the broadcast information. The cell group sends the uplink information of the bearer scheduling information to notify the other network access devices of the scheduling information. For the process of sending the uplink information, refer to the sending process of the uplink information in the foregoing embodiment, which is not described herein again.
具体的,终端设备从数据传输节点(即第一网络接入设备)接收数据传输节点的第一小区的调度信息;终端设备在第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送调度信息,调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。Specifically, the terminal device receives scheduling information of the first cell of the data transmission node from the data transmission node (ie, the first network access device); the terminal device sends scheduling information on the uplink resource shared by the first cell group, and the scheduling information includes scheduling. The location of the resource, the scheduling information is used to indicate that the cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
需要说明的是,第一网络接入设备向第一小区组内除第一小区所属的网络接入设备之外的其余网络接入设备发送调度信息时,还可以向其余网络接入设备发送静默(mute)指示,该静默指示用于指示其余网络接入设备按照调度信息保持静默。It should be noted that, when the first network access device sends scheduling information to the remaining network access devices except the network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group, the first network access device may also send silence to the remaining network access devices. (mute) indicates that the silence indication is used to indicate that the remaining network access devices remain silent according to the scheduling information.
具体的,一方面,该静默指示可以随调度信息一起发送给其余网络接入设备,在这种情况下,所述调度信息中包括静默指示。另一方面,也可以在发送完调度信息之后,再向其余网络接入设备发送静默指示,本申请对此不进行限定。Specifically, in one aspect, the silence indication may be sent to the remaining network access devices along with the scheduling information, in which case the scheduling information includes a silent indication. On the other hand, after the scheduling information is sent, the silent indication may be sent to the remaining network access devices, which is not limited in this application.
以下将介绍:锚基站开始通过第一网络接入设备传输数据到终端设备的过程:The following describes the process in which the anchor base station starts transmitting data to the terminal device through the first network access device:
具体的,锚基站通过第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输包括:锚基站向第一网络接入设备发送数据,第一网络接入设备接收锚基站发送的数据,以及将该锚基站发送的传输至终端设备;或者终端设备通过第一网络接入设备向锚基站发送数据。Specifically, the anchor base station performs data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, where: the anchor base station sends data to the first network access device, the first network access device receives data sent by the anchor base station, and the anchor base station is used. The transmitted transmission is to the terminal device; or the terminal device transmits data to the anchor base station through the first network access device.
需要说明的是,锚基站发送的数据是经过分组数据汇聚层协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层处理后的数据包为例来描述。对于锚基站发送的数据以PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、PHY层,或者PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层,再或者以PDCP层、RLC层处理后的数据包的数据传输方式类似处理,本发明实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the data sent by the anchor base station is described by taking a packet processed by a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer as an example. The data transmitted by the anchor base station is similarly processed by the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, the PHY layer, or the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, or the data packet processed by the PDCP layer and the RLC layer. The embodiments of the invention are not described again.
需要说明的是,锚基站通过该第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输之前,终端设备已确定第一网络接入设备,且终端设备也已通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,具体的,终端设备已确定第一网络接入设备的过程可以参见上述实施例中的描述,也可以依据其他可以确定第一网络接入设备的方式,本申请在此不再赘述,此外,终端设备通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程可以参见上述实施例,也可以依据其他方式,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, before the anchor base station performs data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, the terminal device has determined the first network access device, and the terminal device has also notified the first network access device as a data transmission node. Specifically, the process of determining the first network access device by the terminal device may be referred to the description in the foregoing embodiment, and may also be determined according to other manners for determining the first network access device, which is not further described herein. For the process of the terminal device notifying the first network access device as a data transmission node, refer to the foregoing embodiment, and other applications are not described herein.
下述将介绍终端设备更换数据传输节点的过程:The following describes the process of replacing a data transfer node with a terminal device:
终端设备在空中飞行过程中,可能存在当前的数据传输节点不符合要求,例如,当前的数据传输节点的质量参数不满足预设要求,或者存在质量参数更好的小区,那么终端设备便可以重新选择一个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点,具体的,终端设备重新选择一个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点过程可以参见上述实施例描述的终端设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。During the flight of the terminal device, there may be that the current data transmission node does not meet the requirements. For example, if the quality parameter of the current data transmission node does not meet the preset requirement, or there is a cell with better quality parameters, the terminal device can be re-established. A network access device is selected as the data transmission node. Specifically, the terminal device reselects a network access device as the data transmission node. For the process of determining the first network access device as the data transmission node, the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiment is used. This application does not repeat here.
需要说明的是,当终端设备更换数据传输节点时,终端设备应已具有一个源数据传输节点,该源数据传输节点的确定方式可以参见上述实施例中的描述,也可以采用其他方式确定,本申请对此不进行限定,此外,终端设备和锚基站之间可以通过源数 据传输节点进行数据传输,该数据传输过程可以参考上述实施例或者其他数据传输方式,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that when the terminal device replaces the data transmission node, the terminal device should already have a source data transmission node, and the determination manner of the source data transmission node can be determined by referring to the description in the foregoing embodiment, or may be determined by other methods. The application does not limit this, in addition, the number of sources that can pass between the terminal device and the anchor base station The data transmission process is performed by the transmission node. For the data transmission process, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment or other data transmission mode, which is not described herein again.
下述将结合图5b介绍网络接入设备选择第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,通常这种情况适用于终端设备具有锚基站。如图5b所示,包括:The process of selecting a first network access device as a data transmission node by the network access device will be described below with reference to FIG. 5b. Generally, this case is applicable to the terminal device having an anchor base station. As shown in Figure 5b, it includes:
S201、网络接入设备确定第一小区组中第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,第一小区组包括多个小区,多个小区包括第一小区。S202、网络接入设备向第一网络接入设备发送第一指示,该第一指示用于指示第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点。S201. The network access device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the first cell. S202. The network access device sends a first indication to the first network access device, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
具体的,步骤S201具体可以通过以下方式实现:网络接入设备可以根据终端设备向网络接入设备发送的测量报告来确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,该测量报告包括第一小区组内多个小区的信号质量参数。Specifically, the step S201 is specifically implemented by: the network access device may determine, according to the measurement report sent by the terminal device to the network access device, that the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the measurement report includes the first cell group. Signal quality parameters for multiple cells within.
此处,网络接入设备根据测量报告,确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的方式可以参见上述实施例中终端设备根据多个小区的信号质量参数确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。The network access device determines, according to the measurement report, that the first network access device is a data transmission node. In the foregoing embodiment, the terminal device determines, according to signal quality parameters of multiple cells, that the first network access device is data transmission. The process of the node is not described herein again.
可选的,本申请提供的方法还包括:S203、网络接入设备通过源数据传输节点向终端设备发送第二指示,所述第二指示用于指示所述第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,所述源数据传输节点为所述终端设备之前的数据传输节点。Optionally, the method provided by the application further includes: S203, the network access device sends a second indication to the terminal device by using the source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is the a target data transmission node of the terminal device, wherein the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
具体的,该第一指示可以由网络接入设备通过专有信令RRC消息发送给终端设备。Specifically, the first indication may be sent by the network access device to the terminal device by using a dedicated signaling RRC message.
可选的,网络接入设备也可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或者媒体接入控制元素(Media Access Control control element,MAC CE)向终端设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the network access device may send the first indication information to the terminal device by using a downlink control information (DCI) or a media access control control element (MAC CE).
具体的,该第二指示的内容可以有多种,例如,该第二指示中包括第一小区的标识信息(例如,PCI)。Specifically, the content of the second indication may be multiple. For example, the second indication includes identifier information (eg, PCI) of the first cell.
可选的,所述第二指示中还包括第一小区组的广播信息中的至少一个,具体的,所述广播信息的内容可以参见上述实施例,本申请在此不再赘述。这样终端设备便可以根据第二指示中携带的第一小区的标识信息,确定出数据传输节点,可选的,如果所述第二指示中没有包括第一小区组的广播信息,那么所述终端设备需要在第二指示接收之前获取第一小区组的广播信息,从而获取第一小区组内各个小区的相关信息,从而可以基于上述表3确定出与该第一小区的标识关联的相关信息,从而终端设备可以根据所述相关信息与第一网络接入设备进行数据传输。Optionally, the second indication further includes at least one of the broadcast information of the first cell group. Specifically, the content of the broadcast information may be referred to in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again. The terminal device can determine the data transmission node according to the identifier information of the first cell carried in the second indication. Optionally, if the second indication does not include the broadcast information of the first cell group, the terminal The device needs to acquire the broadcast information of the first cell group before the second indication is received, so as to obtain related information of each cell in the first cell group, so that related information associated with the identifier of the first cell may be determined according to the foregoing Table 3. Therefore, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the first network access device according to the related information.
具体的,网络接入设备可以通过广播信道向终端设备发送广播信息,所述广播信道可以一个设计的新的广播信道,或者是现有的广播信道设计,本发明实施例不限定。或者,所述广播信息也可以是通过多个小区所属的网络接入设备协商出的共同的资源信息(例如,第一资源信息)发送至所述终端设备。Specifically, the network access device may send the broadcast information to the terminal device through the broadcast channel, and the broadcast channel may be a designed new broadcast channel or an existing broadcast channel design, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. Alternatively, the broadcast information may be sent to the terminal device by using common resource information (for example, first resource information) negotiated by the network access device to which the multiple cells belong.
本申请提供的方法,网络接入设备为确定第一网络接入设备为终端设备的数据传输节点之前,还包括:S204、终端设备向网络接入设备发送测量报告,该测量报告包括第一小区组内多个小区的相关信息(例如,信号质量参数)。S205、网络接入设备 接收终端设备发送的测量报告。The method provided by the present application, before the network access device determines that the first network access device is the data transmission node of the terminal device, the method further includes: S204, the terminal device sends a measurement report to the network access device, where the measurement report includes the first cell. Information about multiple cells within a group (eg, signal quality parameters). S205, network access device Receive measurement reports sent by the terminal device.
具体的,终端设备可以通过多种方式将测量报告发送给网络接入设备,例如,一种方式为,在终端设备具有源数据传输节点的情况下,该终端设备可以先将测量报告发送给源数据传输节点,以由源数据传输节点将该测量报告发送给网络接入设备。另一种方式为,终端设备将测量报告直接发送给网络接入设备,在这种方式下,当网络接入设备和第一网络接入设备不是同一个网络接入设备时,网络接入设备和终端设备之间还存在空口连接。Specifically, the terminal device may send the measurement report to the network access device in multiple manners. For example, in a case where the terminal device has a source data transmission node, the terminal device may first send the measurement report to the source. The data transmission node transmits the measurement report to the network access device by the source data transmission node. In another mode, the terminal device sends the measurement report directly to the network access device. In this manner, when the network access device and the first network access device are not the same network access device, the network access device There is also an air interface connection with the terminal device.
此外,可选的,在终端设备向网络接入设备发送测量报告之前,网络接入设备还可以在确定源数据传输节点不能满足预设要求时,向终端设备发送一个请求消息,该请求消息用于指示终端设备上报各个小区的信号质量参数。In addition, optionally, before the terminal device sends the measurement report to the network access device, the network access device may further send a request message to the terminal device when determining that the source data transmission node cannot meet the preset requirement, and the request message is used by the terminal device. The signal quality parameter of each cell is reported to the terminal device.
可选的,本申请提供的方法还包括:S206、网络接入设备向源数据传输节点发送第三指示,该第三指示用于指示源数据传输节点停止数据传输。Optionally, the method provided by the application further includes: S206: The network access device sends a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to indicate that the source data transmission node stops the data transmission.
具体的,该源数据传输节点为确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前,该终端设备确定的一个数据传输节点,该源数据传输节点可以为终端设备自己确定的,也可以为锚基站为终端设备确定的,本申请对此不进行限定。Specifically, the source data transmission node determines a data transmission node determined by the terminal device before the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the source data transmission node may be determined by the terminal device itself, or may be an anchor base station. It is determined for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
具体的,该第三指示可以包括如下内容:该第三指示包括第二小区的第一标识,例如,PCI。Specifically, the third indication may include the following content: the third indication includes a first identifier of the second cell, for example, a PCI.
具体的,本申请提供的方法还包括:第一网络接入设备向第一小区组内的其余网络接入设备发送调度信息,该调度信息包括调度资源的位置,调度信息用于指示多个小区中的第一小区以外的小区在调度资源上保持静默。Specifically, the method provided by the present application further includes: the first network access device sends scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in the first cell group, where the scheduling information includes a location of the scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate multiple cells. The cells outside the first cell remain silent on the scheduling resources.
具体的,第一网络接入设备向第一小区组内的其余网络接入设备发送调度信息的过程和方式可以参见上述实施例中的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, the process and the manner in which the first network access device sends the scheduling information to the remaining network access devices in the first cell group may be referred to in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
下述将介绍网络接入设备通过第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输的过程,可以理解的是,在这种情况下,通常可以基于已确定终端设备的数据传输节点的过程,具体的,为终端设备确定数据传输节点的过程可以参见上述由终端设备确定数据传输节点的过程,也可以参见上述由网络接入设备确定数据传输节点的过程,或者参见其他可以为终端设备确定数据传输节点的过程,本申请对此不进行限定。The following describes the process of data transmission between the network access device and the terminal device through the first network access device. It can be understood that, in this case, the process of determining the data transmission node of the terminal device may be specifically For the process of determining the data transmission node for the terminal device, refer to the process of determining the data transmission node by the terminal device, and also refer to the process of determining the data transmission node by the network access device, or refer to other methods for determining the data transmission for the terminal device. The process of the node is not limited in this application.
具体的,网络接入设备通过第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输的过程可以参见上述锚基站便可以通过该第一网络接入设备与终端设备进行数据传输的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, the process of data transmission by the network access device by using the first network access device and the terminal device may refer to the process that the anchor base station can perform data transmission by using the first network access device and the terminal device, and the application is here. No longer.
此外,本申请中网络接入设备在将第一网络接入设备确定为终端设备的数据传输节点的情况下,网络接入设备可以不向终端设备通知所选择的数据传输节点是哪个网络接入设备,即上述网络接入设备向终端设备发送的第二指示可以省略,而是由终端设备自己盲检来确定将哪个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点,下述以将第一网络接入设备作为数据传输节点为例,具体的,当网络接入设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之后,该网络接入设备通过该第一网络接入设备向终端设备传输数据,终端设备接收到数据之后进行盲检,即依次在每个小区的ePDCCH的时频资源位置上盲检接收到的数据,由于第一小区组内每个小区对应的ePDCCH的时频资源位置在一个第一小区组内不同,此外,终端设备具有每个小区与ePDCCH的时频资源位置的对应关 系,因此当终端设备在第一ePDCCH的时频资源位置上检测到数据之后,便可以将与该第一ePDCCH的时频资源位置关联的小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。In addition, in the case that the network access device in the present application determines the first network access device as the data transmission node of the terminal device, the network access device may not notify the terminal device of which network access the selected data transmission node is. The device, that is, the second indication sent by the network access device to the terminal device may be omitted, but the terminal device itself blindly checks to determine which network access device is used as the data transmission node, and the following refers to the first network access device. As a data transmission node, for example, after the network access device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, the network access device transmits data to the terminal device by using the first network access device, and the terminal device receives The data is blindly detected after the data is received, that is, the received data is blindly detected on the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH of each cell, because the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH corresponding to each cell in the first cell group is in a first cell. Different in the group, in addition, the terminal device has a corresponding relationship between each cell and the time-frequency resource location of the ePDCCH. Therefore, after the terminal device detects the data on the time-frequency resource location of the first ePDCCH, the first network access device to which the cell associated with the time-frequency resource location of the first ePDCCH belongs may be determined as the data transmission node. .
数据传输节点的更新:Update of the data transfer node:
假设终端设备当前所在的小区为小区2,该终端设备在第一小区组内的锚基站为网络接入设备1,终端设备从小区2移动至小区3。It is assumed that the cell in which the terminal device is currently located is the cell 2, and the anchor base station in the first cell group is the network access device 1, and the terminal device moves from the cell 2 to the cell 3.
终端设备通过测量相邻小区的信号质量,在满足测量上报条件时向锚基站发送测量报告,锚基站接收到测量报告,锚基站根据接收到的测量报告重新选择一个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点,具体的过程可以参见上述实施例描述的网络接入设备选择第一网络接入设备的过程,本申请在此不再赘述。The terminal device sends a measurement report to the anchor base station by measuring the signal quality of the neighboring cell, and the anchor base station receives the measurement report, and the anchor base station reselects a network access device as the data transmission node according to the received measurement report. For a specific process, refer to the process of selecting the first network access device by the network access device described in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中描述的各个过程,例如终端设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程、终端设备通知第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,以及网络接入设备确定第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点的过程,数据传输节点更新等过程,均可以单独实施,各个过程也可以根据需要组合起来实施,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that the processes described in the foregoing embodiments, for example, the process in which the terminal device determines that the first network access device is a data transmission node, the process in which the terminal device notifies the first network access device as a data transmission node, and the network connection The process of determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node, and the process of updating the data transmission node may be implemented separately, and each process may also be implemented in combination according to requirements, which is not limited in this application.
以下通过具体应用场景对终端设备确定数据传输节点、终端设备更换数据传输节点、数据传输节点进行数据传输、网络接入设备确定数据传输节点,以及网络接入设备更换数据传输节点的过程进行描述。例如,终端设备当前服务或驻留的虚拟小区为第一小区组1,该第一小区组内具有3个网络接入设备,网络接入设备1、网络接入设备2和网络接入设备3,网络接入设备1为锚基站,网络接入设备2和网络接入设备3可以作为数据传输节点。网络接入设备1与核心网相连,进行终端设备的数据传输。The following describes a process in which the terminal device determines the data transmission node, the terminal device replacement data transmission node, the data transmission node performs data transmission, the network access device determines the data transmission node, and the network access device replaces the data transmission node through a specific application scenario. For example, the virtual cell currently served or camped by the terminal device is the first cell group 1, and the first cell group has three network access devices, the network access device 1, the network access device 2, and the network access device 3. The network access device 1 is an anchor base station, and the network access device 2 and the network access device 3 can serve as data transmission nodes. The network access device 1 is connected to the core network to perform data transmission of the terminal device.
如图6所示,图6示出了终端设备确定数据传输节点为网络接入设备3之后,终端设备通过共用的上行资源向第一小区组内的各个小区所属的网络接入设备发送上行信息的示意图。如图7所示,图7示出了终端设备通过小区3的专用上行资源发送上行信息的示意图。具体的,终端设备确定网络接入设备3为数据传输节点的过程可以参见上述实施例,本申请在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 6, FIG. 6 shows that after the terminal device determines that the data transmission node is the network access device 3, the terminal device sends uplink information to the network access device to which each cell in the first cell group belongs through the shared uplink resource. Schematic diagram. As shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a terminal device transmitting uplink information through a dedicated uplink resource of a cell 3. Specifically, the process of the terminal device determining that the network access device 3 is a data transmission node can be referred to the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
如图8所示,图8示出了终端设备确定数据传输节点为网络接入设备3之后,网络接入设备3中转数据的过程,具体的,网络接入设备1可以通过网络接入设备3接收终端设备发送的数据2或者网络接入设备1通过网络接入设备3向终端设备发送数据1的过程,在这个场景下,为了避免小区间的干扰,还包括:终端设备向网络接入设备2发送静默指示或者网络接入设备1向网络接入设备2发送静默指示,这时在终端设备通过网络接入设备3与网络接入设备1进行数据传输过程中,网络接入设备2保持静默。As shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 8 shows a process in which the terminal device determines that the data access node is the network access device 3, and the network access device 3 transfers the data. Specifically, the network access device 1 can access the device through the network. Receiving the data 2 sent by the terminal device or the process in which the network access device 1 sends the data 1 to the terminal device through the network access device 3, in this scenario, in order to avoid inter-cell interference, the method further includes: the terminal device accessing the network access device 2, sending a silent indication or the network access device 1 sends a silent indication to the network access device 2, in which the network access device 2 remains silent during the data transmission process by the terminal device through the network access device 3 and the network access device 1 .
通常情况下,终端设备在第一小区组内从一个小区3移动至另一个小区2时,通常会在终端设备在空中飞行过程中,可能存在当前确定的数据传输节点不符合要求,例如,当前的数据传输节点的质量参数不满足预设要求,或者存在质量参数更好的小区,那么终端设备便可以重新选择一个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点,具体的,终端设备重新选择一个网络接入设备作为数据传输节点过程可以参见上述实施例。如图 9所示,图9示出了终端设备的数据传输节点由网络接入设备3转换为网络接入设备2的示意图。如图9所示,终端设备与网络接入设备3进行数据传输的过程中,网络接入设备2保持静默;当终端设备的数据传输节点由网络接入设备3变化为网络接入设备2时,终端设备与网络接入设备2进行数据传输的过程中,网络接入设备3保持静默,具体的,终端设备的数据传输节点由网络接入设备3转换为网络接入设备2的过程可以参见上述实施例中的描述,本申请在此不再赘述。Generally, when the terminal device moves from one cell 3 to another cell 2 in the first cell group, there may be that the currently determined data transmission node does not meet the requirements during the flight of the terminal device in the air, for example, current The quality parameter of the data transmission node does not meet the preset requirement, or there is a cell with better quality parameters, then the terminal device can reselect a network access device as a data transmission node. Specifically, the terminal device reselects a network access. The device as a data transmission node process can be referred to the above embodiment. As shown As shown in FIG. 9, FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the data transmission node of the terminal device being converted by the network access device 3 into the network access device 2. As shown in FIG. 9, during the data transmission process between the terminal device and the network access device 3, the network access device 2 remains silent; when the data transmission node of the terminal device changes from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 During the process of data transmission between the terminal device and the network access device 2, the network access device 3 remains silent. Specifically, the process of converting the data transmission node of the terminal device from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 can be referred to. The description in the above embodiments is not described herein again.
如图10所示,图10示出了锚基站确定数据传输节点为网络接入设备3之后,锚基站向网络接入设备3发送第一指示,该第一指示用于指示网络接入设备3为终端设备的数据传输节点的示意图,此外,还包括锚基站向终端设备发送第二指示,该第二指示用于终端设备确定数据传输节点为网络接入设备3。具体的,锚基站确定网络接入设备3为数据传输节点的过程可以参见上述实施例,本申请在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 10, FIG. 10 shows that after the anchor base station determines that the data transmission node is the network access device 3, the anchor base station sends a first indication to the network access device 3, where the first indication is used to indicate the network access device 3. A schematic diagram of a data transmission node of the terminal device, further comprising an anchor base station transmitting a second indication to the terminal device, the second indication being used by the terminal device to determine that the data transmission node is the network access device 3. Specifically, the process of determining that the network access device 3 is a data transmission node by the anchor base station can be referred to the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
如图11所示,图11示出了锚基站确定数据传输节点为网络接入设备3之后,网络接入设备3中转数据的过程,具体的,网络接入设备1可以通过网络接入设备3接收终端设备发送的数据2或者网络接入设备1通过网络接入设备3向终端设备发送数据1的过程,在这个场景下,为了避免小区间的干扰,还包括:终端设备向网络接入设备2发送静默指示或者网络接入设备3向网络接入设备2发送静默指示,这时在终端设备通过网络接入设备3与网络接入设备1进行数据传输过程中,网络接入设备2保持静默。As shown in FIG. 11, FIG. 11 shows a process in which the anchor base station determines that the data access node is the network access device 3, and the network access device 3 transfers data. Specifically, the network access device 1 can access the device through the network. Receiving the data 2 sent by the terminal device or the process in which the network access device 1 sends the data 1 to the terminal device through the network access device 3, in this scenario, in order to avoid inter-cell interference, the method further includes: the terminal device accessing the network access device 2, sending a silent indication or the network access device 3 sends a silent indication to the network access device 2, when the terminal device performs data transmission through the network access device 3 and the network access device 1, the network access device 2 remains silent. .
具体的,在由锚基站为终端设备更换数据传输节点的场景下,终端设备的数据传输节点由网络接入设备3转换为网络接入设备2的过程可以参见上述图8,本申请在此不再赘述。Specifically, in the scenario that the data transmission node is replaced by the anchor base station for the terminal device, the process of converting the data transmission node of the terminal device from the network access device 3 to the network access device 2 can be referred to FIG. 8 above, and the present application does not Let me repeat.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如网络接入设备和终端设备。为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a network access device and a terminal device. In order to implement the above functions, it includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络接入设备和终端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明:The embodiments of the present application may divide the function modules of the network access device and the terminal device according to the foregoing method example. For example, each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. in. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner. The following is an example of dividing each functional module by using corresponding functions:
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图12示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的结构示意图。终端设备包括:确定单元101和发送单元102。其中,确定单元101用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S101(具体的可以为S1011、S1012、S1014以及S1015);发送单元102用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的 步骤S102A(具体的可以为S102A1和S102A2)或S102B(具体的可以为S102B1以及S102B2)。此外,本申请提供的终端设备还包括:接收单元103,还用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S103以及S1013。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 12 shows a possible structural diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment. The terminal device includes a determining unit 101 and a transmitting unit 102. The determining unit 101 is configured to support the terminal device to perform step S101 in the foregoing embodiment (specifically, may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015); the sending unit 102 is configured to support the terminal device to perform the foregoing embodiment. Step S102A (specifically, it may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, it may be S102B1 and S102B2). In addition, the terminal device provided by the present application further includes: a receiving unit 103, which is further configured to support the terminal device to perform steps S103 and S1013 in the foregoing embodiment. And/or other processes for the techniques described herein. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图13示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图。终端设备包括:处理模块112和通信模块113。处理模块112用于对终端设备动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块112用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S101(具体的可以为S1011、S1012、S1014以及S1015);通信模块113用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S102A(具体的可以为S102A1和S102A2)或S102B(具体的可以为S102B1以及S102B2)、步骤S103以及S1013。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由终端设备执行的过程。终端设备还可以包括存储模块111,用于存储终端设备的程序代码和数据。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 13 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment. The terminal device includes a processing module 112 and a communication module 113. The processing module 112 is configured to perform control and management on the terminal device actions. For example, the processing module 112 is configured to support the terminal device to perform step S101 in the foregoing embodiment (specifically, may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015); The supporting terminal device performs step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013 in the above embodiment. And/or other processes performed by the terminal device for the techniques described herein. The terminal device may further include a storage module 111 for storing program codes and data of the terminal device.
其中,处理模块112可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块113可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块111可以是存储器。The processing module 112 may be a processor or a controller, such as a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module 113 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like. The storage module 111 can be a memory.
当处理模块112为处理器120,通信模块113为通信接口130或收发器时,存储模块111为存储器140时,本申请所涉及的终端设备可以为图14所示的设备。When the processing module 112 is the processor 120, the communication module 113 is the communication interface 130 or the transceiver, and the storage module 111 is the memory 140, the terminal device involved in the present application may be the device shown in FIG.
其中,通信接口130、至少一个处理器120以及存储器140通过总线110相互连接;总线110可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图14中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。其中,存储器140用于存储终端设备的程序代码和数据。通信接口130用于支持终端设备与其他设备(例如,网络接入设备)通信,处理器120用于支持终端设备执行存储器140中存储的程序代码和数据以实现本申请提供的一种数据传输节点确定方法。The communication interface 130, the at least one processor 120, and the memory 140 are mutually connected by a bus 110; the bus 110 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 14, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The memory 140 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal device. The communication interface 130 is configured to support the terminal device to communicate with other devices (for example, network access devices), and the processor 120 is configured to support the terminal device to execute program codes and data stored in the memory 140 to implement a data transmission node provided by the present application. Determine the method.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图15示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络接入设备的一种可能的结构示意图。网络接入设备包括:确定单元201以及发送单元202。其中,接收单元201用于支持网络接入设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S201,发送单元202用于支持网络接入设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S202和步骤S203。此外,本申请中的网络接入设备还包括:接收单元203,用于支持网络接入设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S205。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 15 shows a possible structural diagram of the network access device involved in the above embodiment. The network access device includes a determining unit 201 and a transmitting unit 202. The receiving unit 201 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S201 in the foregoing embodiment, and the sending unit 202 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S202 and step S203 in the foregoing embodiment. In addition, the network access device in this application further includes: a receiving unit 203, configured to support the network access device to perform step S205 in the foregoing embodiment. And/or other processes for the techniques described herein. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
在采用硬件实现的基础上,本申请中的接收单元203可以为网络接入设备的接收器,发送单元202可以为网络接入设备的发送器,该接收器通常可以和网络接入设备的发送器集成在一起用作收发器,具体的收发器还可以称为通信接口,确定单元201可以集成在网络接入设备的处理器上。 On the basis of hardware implementation, the receiving unit 203 in the present application may be a receiver of the network access device, and the sending unit 202 may be a transmitter of the network access device, where the receiver can usually send with the network access device. The devices are integrated for use as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, and the determining unit 201 may be integrated on a processor of the network access device.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图16示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络接入设备的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图。网络接入设备包括:处理模块212和通信模块213。处理模块212用于对网络接入设备动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块212用于支持网络接入设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S201;通信模块213用于支持网络接入设备执行上述实施例中的步骤S202、S203以及S205。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络接入设备执行的过程。网络接入设备还可以包括存储模块211,用于存储网络接入设备的程序代码和数据。In the case of employing an integrated unit, FIG. 16 shows a possible logical structure diagram of the network access device involved in the above embodiment. The network access device includes a processing module 212 and a communication module 213. The processing module 212 is configured to perform control and management on network access device actions. For example, the processing module 212 is configured to support the network access device to perform step S201 in the foregoing embodiment, and the communication module 213 is configured to support the network access device to execute the foregoing embodiment. Steps S202, S203, and S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein. The network access device may further include a storage module 211 for storing program codes and data of the network access device.
其中,处理模块212可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块213可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块211可以是存储器。The processing module 212 can be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit, a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication module 213 can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a communication interface, or the like. The storage module 211 can be a memory.
当处理模块212为处理器220,通信模块213为通信接口230或收发器时,存储模块211为存储器210时,本申请所涉及的网络接入设备可以为图17所示的设备。When the processing module 212 is the processor 220, the communication module 213 is the communication interface 230 or the transceiver, and the storage module 211 is the memory 210, the network access device involved in the present application may be the device shown in FIG.
其中,通信接口230、至少一个处理器220以及存储器210通过总线200相互连接;总线200可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图17中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。其中,存储器210用于存储网络接入设备的程序代码和数据。通信接口230用于支持网络接入设备与其他设备(例如,终端设备)通信,处理器220用于支持网络接入设备执行存储器210中存储的程序代码和数据以实现本申请提供的一种数据传输方法或者数据传输节点确定方法。The communication interface 230, the at least one processor 220, and the memory 210 are connected to each other through a bus 200. The bus 200 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The memory 210 is used to store program codes and data of the network access device. The communication interface 230 is configured to support the network access device to communicate with other devices (eg, terminal devices), and the processor 220 is configured to support the network access device to execute program codes and data stored in the memory 210 to implement a data provided by the present application. The transmission method or the data transmission node determination method.
需要说明的是,本申请中涉及的接收单元(或用于接收的单元)可以是一种数据传输节点确定装置或数据传输装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该数据传输节点确定装置或数据传输装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上发送单元(或用于发送的单元)是一种该数据传输节点确定装置或数据传输装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该数据传输节点确定装置或数据传输装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。It should be noted that the receiving unit (or the unit for receiving) involved in the present application may be a data transmission node determining device or an interface circuit of the data transmitting device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the data transmission node determines whether the device or the data transmission device is implemented in a chip manner, the receiving unit is an interface circuit for the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above transmitting unit (or unit for transmitting) is an interface circuit of the data transmitting node determining device or the data transmitting device for transmitting signals to other devices. For example, when the data transmission node determining device or the data transmission device is implemented in a chip manner, the transmitting unit is an interface circuit for transmitting signals to other chips or devices.
图18是本发明实施例提供的芯片系统150的结构示意图。芯片系统150包括至少一个处理器1510、存储器1540和接口电路1530,存储器1540可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器1510提供操作指令和数据。存储器1540的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system 150 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The chip system 150 includes at least one processor 1510, a memory 1540, and an interface circuit 1530 that can include read only memory and random access memory and provides operational instructions and data to the processor 1510. A portion of memory 1540 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
在一些实施方式中,存储器1540存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者他们的子集,或者他们的扩展集:In some implementations, the memory 1540 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extended set:
在本发明实施例中,通过调用存储器1540存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中),执行相应的操作。In the embodiment of the present invention, the corresponding operation is performed by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 1540 (which can be stored in the operating system).
一种可能的实现方式为:网络接入设备、终端设备所用的芯片系统的结构类似,但不同的装置使用不同的芯片系统以实现各自的功能。 One possible implementation manner is that the structure of the chip system used by the network access device and the terminal device is similar, but different devices use different chip systems to implement their respective functions.
处理器1510控制网络接入设备、终端设备的操作,处理器1510还可以称为CPU(Central Processing Unit,中央处理单元)。存储器1540可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器1510提供指令和数据。存储器1540的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。具体的应用中数据传输节点确定装置或数据传输装置的各个组件通过总线系统1520耦合在一起,其中总线系统1520除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图18中将各种总线都标为总线系统1520。The processor 1510 controls the operations of the network access device and the terminal device, and the processor 1510 may also be referred to as a CPU (Central Processing Unit). Memory 1540 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 1510. A portion of memory 1540 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM). In a specific application, the data transmission node determining device or the various components of the data transmission device are coupled together by a bus system 1520. The bus system 1520 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 1520 in FIG.
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1510中,或者由处理器1510实现。处理器1510可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1510中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1510可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1540,处理器1510读取存储器1540中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1510 or implemented by the processor 1510. The processor 1510 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1510 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 1510 described above may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware. Component. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 1540, and the processor 1510 reads the information in the memory 1540 and performs the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可选地,接口电路1530用于执行上述实施例中的网络接入设备和终端设备接收和发送的步骤。Optionally, the interface circuit 1530 is configured to perform the steps of receiving and transmitting by the network access device and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
处理器1510用于执行上述实施例中的网络接入设备和终端设备的处理的步骤。The processor 1510 is configured to perform the steps of the network access device and the terminal device in the above embodiments.
在上述实施例中,存储器存储的供处理器执行的指令可以以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品可以是事先写入在存储器中,也可以是以软件形式下载并安装在存储器中。In the above embodiments, the instructions stored by the memory for execution by the processor may be implemented in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product may be written in the memory in advance, or may be downloaded in software and installed in the memory.
所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk,SSD)等。The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape, an optical medium such as a DVD, or a semiconductor medium such as a Solid State Disk (SSD).
一方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行实施例中的步骤S101(具体的可以为S1011、S1012、S1014以及S1015),步骤S102A(具体的可以为S102A1和S102A2)或 S102B(具体的可以为S102B1以及S102B2)、步骤S103以及S1013。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由终端设备执行的过程。In one aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer readable storage medium stores instructions, and when it runs on the terminal device, causes the terminal device to perform step S101 in the embodiment (specifically, it may be S1011, S1012, S1014, and S1015), step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, it may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013. And/or other processes performed by the terminal device for the techniques described herein.
又一方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在网络接入设备上运行时,使得网络接入设备执行实施例中的步骤S201、步骤S202、S203以及S205。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络接入设备执行的过程。In another aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, where instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, and when executed on a network access device, the network access device performs steps S201, S202, S203 in the embodiment, and S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein.
又一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行实施例中的步骤S101(具体的可以为S1011、S1012、S1014以及S1015),步骤S102A(具体的可以为S102A1和S102A2)或S102B(具体的可以为S102B1以及S102B2)、步骤S103以及S1013。In another aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product storing instructions, when the terminal device is running on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform step S101 in the embodiment (specifically, it may be S1011, S1012 S1014 and S1015), step S102A (specifically, may be S102A1 and S102A2) or S102B (specifically, may be S102B1 and S102B2), steps S103 and S1013.
再一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在网络接入设备上运行时,使得网络接入设备执行实施例中的步骤S201、步骤S202、S203以及S205。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络接入设备执行的过程。In a further aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product storing instructions, when the network access device is running, causing the network access device to perform steps S201, S202, S203 in the embodiment. And S205. And/or other processes performed by the network access device for the techniques described herein.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计 算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that A series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing such that instructions executed on a computer or other programmable device are provided for implementing one flow or multiple processes and/or block diagrams in the flowchart The steps of the function specified in the box or in multiple boxes.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the present invention.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种数据传输节点确定方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission node determining method, comprising:
    终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,所述第一小区组包括多个小区;The terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, and the first cell group includes multiple cells;
    所述终端设备在所述多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,所述上行信息用于指示所述终端设备的数据传输节点。The terminal device sends uplink information on an uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上行信息包括所述第一小区的第一标识,以及所述终端设备的第二标识。The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink information comprises a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上行信息为第一序列,所述第一序列由所述第一小区的第一标识和所述终端设备的第二标识确定。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the uplink information is a first sequence, and the first sequence is determined by a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上行信息还用于指示所述第一小区组中第二小区所属的第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,所述第二网络接入设备为所述终端设备在确定所述第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前的数据传输节点。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the uplink information is further used to indicate that the second network access device to which the second cell belongs in the first cell group stops data transmission, and the second network The access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上行信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。The method according to claim 1, wherein the uplink information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上行信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。The method according to claim 5, wherein the uplink information further comprises second information, the second information being used to instruct the second network access device to stop data transmission.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息携带第一指示信息以及所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第一信息使用所述第一小区的第一标识加扰,所述第一指示信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the first information carries first indication information and a second identifier of the terminal device, and the first information uses a first identifier of the first cell The first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node;
    所述第二信息携带第二指示信息以及所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第二信息使用第二小区的第一标识加扰,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。The second information carries the second indication information and the second identifier of the terminal device, the second information is scrambled by using the first identifier of the second cell, and the second indication information is used to indicate the second network access The device stops data transfer.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备在所述多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further includes: before the terminal device sends the uplink information on the uplink resource shared by the multiple cells, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收共用于所述第一小区组的广播信息,所述广播信息用于指示所述多个小区共用的上行资源。The terminal device receives the broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, and the broadcast information is used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述广播信息还用于指示所述终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。The method according to claim 8, wherein the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation mode in which the terminal device sends uplink information, wherein different modes of modulation and demodulation of different cells are the same.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, and includes:
    所述终端设备接收锚基站发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;The terminal device receives the third indication information that is sent by the anchor base station, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node;
    所述终端设备根据所述第三指示信息,将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。The terminal device determines the first network access device as a data transmission node according to the third indication information.
  11. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the terminal device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, and includes:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一小区对应的资源信息上有数据传输; Determining, by the terminal device, that the resource information corresponding to the first cell has data transmission;
    所述终端设备将所述第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为所述数据传输节点。The terminal device determines the first network access device to which the first cell belongs as the data transmission node.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收所述数据传输节点发送的所述第一小区的调度信息;Receiving, by the terminal device, scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node;
    所述终端设备在所述第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送所述调度信息;The terminal device sends the scheduling information on an uplink resource shared by the first cell group;
    其中,所述调度信息包括调度资源的位置,所述调度信息用于指示多个小区中的所述第一小区以外的小区在所述调度资源上保持静默。The scheduling information includes a location of a scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that a cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  13. 一种数据传输节点确定方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission node determining method, comprising:
    网络接入设备确定第一小区组中第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,所述第一小区组包括多个小区,所述多个小区包括所述第一小区;The network access device determines that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the a cell
    所述网络接入设备向所述第一网络接入设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点。The network access device sends a first indication to the first network access device, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络接入设备通过源数据传输节点向所述终端设备发送第二指示,所述第二指示用于指示所述第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,所述源数据传输节点为所述终端设备之前的数据传输节点。The network access device sends a second indication to the terminal device by using a source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where The source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络接入设备向所述源数据传输节点发送第三指示,所述第三指示用于指示所述源数据传输节点停止数据传输。The network access device sends a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to instruct the source data transmission node to stop data transmission.
  16. 一种数据传输节点确定装置,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission node determining apparatus, comprising:
    确定单元,用于确定第一小区组中的第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点,所述第一小区组包括多个小区;a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell in the first cell group belongs is a data transmission node, where the first cell group includes multiple cells;
    发送单元,用于在所述多个小区共用的上行资源上发送上行信息,所述上行信息用于指示所述终端设备的数据传输节点。And a sending unit, configured to send uplink information on an uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells, where the uplink information is used to indicate a data transmission node of the terminal device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述上行信息包括所述第一小区的第一标识,以及所述终端设备的第二标识。The apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the uplink information comprises a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述上行信息为第一序列,所述第一序列由所述第一小区的第一标识和所述终端设备的第二标识确定。The apparatus according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the uplink information is a first sequence, and the first sequence is determined by a first identifier of the first cell and a second identifier of the terminal device.
  19. 根据权利要求16或17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述上行信息还用于指示所述第一小区组中第二小区所属的第二网络接入设备停止数据传输,所述第二网络接入设备为所述终端设备在确定所述第一网络接入设备为数据传输节点之前的数据传输节点。The device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the uplink information is further used to indicate that the second network access device to which the second cell belongs in the first cell group stops data transmission, and the second network The access device is a data transmission node of the terminal device before determining that the first network access device is a data transmission node.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述上行信息包括第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。The apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the uplink information comprises first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述上行信息还包括第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the uplink information further comprises second information, the second information being used to instruct the second network access device to stop data transmission.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息携带第一指示信息以及所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第一信息使用所述第一小区的第一标识加扰,所述第一指示信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;The device according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first information carries first indication information and a second identifier of the terminal device, and the first information uses a first identifier of the first cell The first indication information is used to indicate that the first network access device is determined to be a data transmission node;
    所述第二信息携带第二指示信息以及所述终端设备的第二标识,所述第二信息使 用第二小区的第一标识加扰,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二网络接入设备停止数据传输。The second information carries second indication information and a second identifier of the terminal device, where the second information is And scrambling with the first identifier of the second cell, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second network access device stops data transmission.
  23. 根据权利要求16-22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 16 to 22, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收单元,用于接收共用于所述第一小区组的广播信息,所述广播信息用于指示所述多个小区共用的上行资源。And a receiving unit, configured to receive broadcast information that is commonly used by the first cell group, where the broadcast information is used to indicate an uplink resource that is shared by the multiple cells.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述广播信息还用于指示所述终端设备发送上行信息的调制解调方式,其中,不同小区的调制解调方式相同。The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the broadcast information is further used to indicate a modulation and demodulation mode in which the terminal device sends uplink information, wherein different modes of modulation and demodulation of different cells are the same.
  25. 根据权利要求16-24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,接收单元,用于接收锚基站发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点;The device according to any one of claims 16 to 24, wherein the receiving unit is configured to receive third indication information sent by the anchor base station, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first network is connected The device is determined to be a data transmission node;
    所述确定单元,用于根据所述第三指示信息,将所述第一网络接入设备确定为数据传输节点。The determining unit is configured to determine, according to the third indication information, the first network access device as a data transmission node.
  26. 根据权利要求16-24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元,用于确定所述第一小区对应的资源信息上有数据传输;以及用于将所述第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备确定为所述数据传输节点。The device according to any one of claims 16 to 24, wherein the determining unit is configured to determine that the resource information corresponding to the first cell has data transmission; and The first network access device is determined to be the data transmission node.
  27. 根据权利要求16-26任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,接收单元,还用于接收所述数据传输节点发送的所述第一小区的调度信息;The apparatus according to any one of claims 16 to 26, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive scheduling information of the first cell sent by the data transmission node;
    所述发送单元,用于在所述第一小区组共用的上行资源上发送所述调度信息;The sending unit is configured to send the scheduling information on an uplink resource that is shared by the first cell group;
    其中,所述调度信息包括调度资源的位置,所述调度信息用于指示多个小区中的所述第一小区以外的小区在所述调度资源上保持静默。The scheduling information includes a location of a scheduling resource, where the scheduling information is used to indicate that a cell other than the first cell in the multiple cells remains silent on the scheduling resource.
  28. 一种数据传输节点确定装置,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission node determining apparatus, comprising:
    确定单元,用于确定第一小区组中第一小区所属的第一网络接入设备为终端设备的目标数据传输节点,所述第一小区组包括多个小区,所述多个小区包括所述第一小区;a determining unit, configured to determine that the first network access device to which the first cell belongs in the first cell group is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the first cell group includes multiple cells, and the multiple cells include the First cell;
    发送单元,用于向所述第一网络接入设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于指示所述第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点。And a sending unit, configured to send, to the first network access device, a first indication, where the first indication is used to indicate that the first network access device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于通过源数据传输节点向所述终端设备发送第二指示,所述第二指示用于指示所述第一网络接入设备为所述终端设备的目标数据传输节点,其中,所述源数据传输节点为所述终端设备之前的数据传输节点。The device according to claim 28, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a second indication to the terminal device by using a source data transmission node, where the second indication is used to indicate the first network connection The ingress device is a target data transmission node of the terminal device, where the source data transmission node is a data transmission node before the terminal device.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于向所述源数据传输节点发送第三指示,所述第三指示用于指示所述源数据传输节点停止数据传输。The device according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the sending unit is further configured to send a third indication to the source data transmission node, where the third indication is used to indicate that the source data transmission node stops data transmission.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,当所述计算机可读存储介质应用于终端设备中,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被运行时,使得计算机执行上述权利要求1-12任一项所述的数据传输节点确定方法;当所述计算机可读存储介质应用于网络接入设备中,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被运行时,使得计算机执行上述权利要求13-15任一项所述的数据传输节点确定方法。 A computer readable storage medium, wherein the computer readable storage medium is stored in a terminal device, wherein the computer readable storage medium stores instructions, when the instructions are executed, causing a computer to execute the above The data transfer node determining method according to any one of claims 1 to 12; wherein the computer readable storage medium is applied to a network access device, wherein the computer readable storage medium stores an instruction when the instruction is In operation, the computer is caused to perform the data transfer node determination method of any of the preceding claims 13-15.
PCT/CN2017/111975 2017-11-20 2017-11-20 Data transmission node determination method and apparatus WO2019095396A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/111975 WO2019095396A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2017-11-20 Data transmission node determination method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/111975 WO2019095396A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2017-11-20 Data transmission node determination method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019095396A1 true WO2019095396A1 (en) 2019-05-23

Family

ID=66538936

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/111975 WO2019095396A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2017-11-20 Data transmission node determination method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019095396A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022067819A1 (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106535271A (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Switching method and device
CN106537986A (en) * 2014-06-08 2017-03-22 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for establishing group cell on basis of measurement signal variation
CN106572475A (en) * 2015-10-10 2017-04-19 电信科学技术研究院 Access node management method, access network management entity, equipment and access nodes
CN106604338A (en) * 2016-12-19 2017-04-26 电信科学技术研究院 Method and apparatus for determining the position of unmanned aerial vehicle airborne base station
CN106664617A (en) * 2014-06-15 2017-05-10 Lg 电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for receiving control channel by configuring user-centric virtual cell in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106537986A (en) * 2014-06-08 2017-03-22 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for establishing group cell on basis of measurement signal variation
CN106664617A (en) * 2014-06-15 2017-05-10 Lg 电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for receiving control channel by configuring user-centric virtual cell in wireless communication system
CN106535271A (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Switching method and device
CN106572475A (en) * 2015-10-10 2017-04-19 电信科学技术研究院 Access node management method, access network management entity, equipment and access nodes
CN106604338A (en) * 2016-12-19 2017-04-26 电信科学技术研究院 Method and apparatus for determining the position of unmanned aerial vehicle airborne base station

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022067819A1 (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109644174B (en) Communication apparatus and communication method
JP2021170815A (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving location information in nr v2x
WO2018030185A1 (en) Communication device and communication method
JP2023523171A (en) User equipment and base stations
WO2019001411A1 (en) Electronic apparatus, wireless communication device, and wireless communication method
US11876624B2 (en) Method for transmitting data by means of terminal in wireless communication system supporting sidelink, and device therefor
US11399316B2 (en) Method and apparatus to support resource sharing between an access link and a backhaul link
US20200314933A1 (en) Communications method and apparatus
WO2020220851A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2021114059A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023011188A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4042762A1 (en) Methods for determining a muting pattern of ssb transmission for iab node measurement
WO2019056983A1 (en) Electronic apparatus, method and computer-readable storage medium for wireless communication system
US20200014481A1 (en) Network assisted lte crs interference mitigation
US20230354250A1 (en) Communication system
US20230276346A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting signal in wireless communication system
CN112106417B (en) Communication method and device
WO2024032287A1 (en) Paging method and communication apparatus
WO2019095396A1 (en) Data transmission node determination method and apparatus
US20220166568A1 (en) Method for performing beam sweeping by user equipment in wireless communication system supporting sidelink, and device therefor
KR20230008798A (en) Method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting full-duplex communication and apparatus therefor
KR20220113733A (en) Method and apparatus for reallocating transmission resources in consideration of transmission resources between driving groups by a terminal in a wireless communication system supporting sidelink
US20220240226A1 (en) Wireless communication system having a specific sidelink frame structure
US20230276487A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting signal in wireless communication system
US20240147506A1 (en) Dynamic sl resource allocation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17932199

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17932199

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1